msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-15 09:27+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: license/p #: C/legal.xml:3 msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>." msgstr "" #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 msgctxt "_" msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20 #: C/a11y-braille.page:16 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:18 #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:19 #: C/a11y-mag.page:18 #: C/a11y.page:14 #: C/a11y-right-click.page:20 #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19 #: C/accounts-add.page:28 #: C/accounts-remove.page:23 #: C/bluetooth.page:16 #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:22 #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:17 #: C/clock.page:13 #: C/disk.page:9 #: C/display-brightness.page:24 #: C/files-browse.page:20 #: C/files-delete.page:19 #: C/files-lost.page:19 #: C/files-open.page:17 #: C/files-preview.page:16 #: C/files-removedrive.page:9 #: C/files-rename.page:17 #: C/files-search.page:21 #: C/files-select.page:9 #: C/files-share.page:16 #: C/files.page:16 #: C/hardware-auth.page:9 #: C/hardware.page:10 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15 #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:23 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15 #: C/keyboard.page:16 #: C/look-background.page:25 #: C/media.page:12 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:21 #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:20 #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18 #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:21 #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17 #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:25 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:23 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:20 #: C/nautilus-connect.page:15 #: C/nautilus-display.page:14 #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:17 #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:23 #: C/nautilus-prefs.page:8 #: C/nautilus-preview.page:14 #: C/nautilus-views.page:18 #: C/net-findip.page:14 #: C/net-macaddress.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:19 #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:12 #: C/net.page:12 #: C/prefs-display.page:11 #: C/prefs-language.page:9 #: C/prefs.page:11 #: C/printing-setup.page:28 #: C/privacy-purge.page:27 #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:21 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:19 #: C/session-formats.page:17 #: C/session-language.page:20 #: C/shell-exit.page:15 #: C/shell-introduction.page:14 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:13 #: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:13 #: C/sound-alert.page:13 #: C/sound-usemic.page:12 #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13 #: C/sound-volume.page:15 #: C/status-icons.page:53 #: C/tips-specialchars.page:16 #: C/tips.page:9 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:22 #: C/user-add.page:17 #: C/user-changepicture.page:18 #: C/user-delete.page:23 msgid "Shaun McCance" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24 #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24 #: C/a11y-icon.page:17 #: C/a11y-right-click.page:25 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:22 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13 #: C/accounts.page:13 #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:18 #: C/files-browse.page:24 #: C/files-hidden.page:16 #: C/files-sort.page:14 #: C/files-tilde.page:15 #: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9 #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:22 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:17 #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16 #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:17 #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13 #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:17 #: C/nautilus-list.page:18 #: C/net-default-browser.page:16 #: C/net-default-email.page:16 #: C/net-email-virus.page:15 #: C/net-manual.page:17 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:15 #: C/net-othersedit.page:15 #: C/net-proxy.page:19 #: C/net-slow.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20 #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18 #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:16 #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:22 #: C/power-batterylife.page:25 #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18 #: C/power-batterywindows.page:22 #: C/power-othercountry.page:18 #: C/printing-2sided.page:13 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14 #: C/printing-differentsize.page:13 #: C/printing-envelopes.page:13 #: C/printing-order.page:13 #: C/printing-select.page:13 #: C/printing-setup.page:16 #: C/printing.page:12 #: C/sound-volume.page:11 #: C/user-goodpassword.page:17 msgid "Phil Bull" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:28 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:22 #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:23 #: C/a11y-mag.page:22 #: C/a11y.page:18 #: C/a11y-right-click.page:29 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:23 #: C/accounts-add.page:19 #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:17 #: C/accounts-remove.page:15 #: C/accounts-which-application.page:19 #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:18 #: C/backup-how.page:20 #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:22 #: C/backup-what.page:20 #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33 #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22 #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25 #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26 #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21 #: C/clock-calendar.page:21 #: C/clock-set.page:22 #: C/clock-timezone.page:22 #: C/clock-world.page:14 #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:20 #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:21 #: C/color-howtoimport.page:20 #: C/color-testing.page:23 #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:19 #: C/contacts.page:13 #: C/contacts-connect.page:17 #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20 #: C/contacts-search.page:18 #: C/contacts-setup.page:17 #: C/disk-benchmark.page:22 #: C/disk-capacity.page:16 #: C/disk-check.page:17 #: C/display-blank.page:24 #: C/display-brightness.page:32 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:17 #: C/display-night-light.page:11 #: C/files-autorun.page:19 #: C/files-browse.page:28 #: C/files-copy.page:23 #: C/files-delete.page:27 #: C/files-disc-write.page:13 #: C/files-hidden.page:20 #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:17 #: C/files-rename.page:25 #: C/files-search.page:25 #: C/files-share.page:20 #: C/files-sort.page:22 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:19 #: C/files.page:20 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27 #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:15 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:24 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:15 #: C/keyboard.page:24 #: C/look-background.page:33 #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26 #: C/look-resolution.page:23 #: C/media.page:16 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25 #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24 #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:22 #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25 #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:29 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:27 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:22 #: C/mouse.page:23 #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:24 #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:18 #: C/nautilus-connect.page:19 #: C/nautilus-display.page:18 #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:27 #: C/nautilus-list.page:22 #: C/nautilus-preview.page:18 #: C/nautilus-views.page:22 #: C/net-default-browser.page:20 #: C/net-default-email.page:20 #: C/net-email.page:19 #: C/net-findip.page:22 #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26 #: C/net-macaddress.page:22 #: C/net-manual.page:21 #: C/net-mobile.page:20 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:19 #: C/net-othersedit.page:19 #: C/net-proxy.page:27 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20 #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:23 #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23 #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19 #: C/net-wireless.page:22 #: C/power-autobrightness.page:14 #: C/power-autosuspend.page:15 #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30 #: C/power-batterylife.page:33 #: C/power-batteryslow.page:18 #: C/power-batterywindows.page:26 #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 #: C/power-nowireless.page:26 #: C/power-percentage.page:15 #: C/power-profile.page:13 #: C/power-status.page:15 #: C/power-whydim.page:19 #: C/power-wireless.page:16 #: C/power.page:17 #: C/prefs-display.page:15 #: C/prefs-language.page:13 #: C/prefs-sharing.page:13 #: C/printing-setup.page:32 #: C/privacy.page:24 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:23 #: C/privacy-location.page:15 #: C/privacy-purge.page:23 #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25 #: C/quick-settings.page:13 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:24 #: C/session-formats.page:21 #: C/session-language.page:28 #: C/session-screenlocks.page:19 #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:18 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:24 #: C/sharing-media.page:17 #: C/sharing-personal.page:17 #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18 #: C/shell-apps-open.page:18 #: C/shell-exit.page:35 #: C/shell-introduction.page:18 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:22 #: C/shell-lockscreen.page:14 #: C/shell-notifications.page:18 #: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18 #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:21 #: C/sound-alert.page:17 #: C/sound-nosound.page:16 #: C/sound-usemic.page:16 #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:17 #: C/sound-volume.page:19 #: C/tips-specialchars.page:20 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:18 #: C/translate.page:16 #: C/user-add.page:21 #: C/user-admin-change.page:22 #: C/user-admin-explain.page:21 #: C/user-autologin.page:19 #: C/user-changepassword.page:19 #: C/user-changepicture.page:26 #: C/user-delete.page:27 #: C/user-goodpassword.page:25 #: C/video-dvd.page:21 #: C/video-sending.page:17 #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12 #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:12 #: C/wacom-mode.page:13 #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:12 #: C/wacom-stylus.page:12 #: C/wacom.page:21 msgid "Michael Hill" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:26 #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:27 #: C/a11y-mag.page:26 #: C/a11y.page:22 #: C/a11y-right-click.page:33 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:32 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27 #: C/accounts-add.page:23 #: C/accounts-remove.page:19 #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22 #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37 #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:30 #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:31 #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26 #: C/clock-calendar.page:25 #: C/clock-timezone.page:26 #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24 #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25 #: C/color-howtoimport.page:24 #: C/color-notifications.page:18 #: C/color-testing.page:19 #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:23 #: C/contacts-connect.page:22 #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:25 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:24 #: C/contacts-search.page:22 #: C/display-brightness.page:28 #: C/display-brightness.page:36 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21 #: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:19 #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:19 #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:28 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:28 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:31 #: C/look-background.page:41 #: C/look-resolution.page:31 #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28 #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26 #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:29 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 #: C/mouse.page:18 #: C/nautilus-list.page:26 #: C/nautilus-views.page:26 #: C/net-default-browser.page:24 #: C/net-default-email.page:24 #: C/net-findip.page:26 #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21 #: C/net-macaddress.page:26 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:23 #: C/net-othersedit.page:23 #: C/net-proxy.page:31 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:24 #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25 #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23 #: C/net.page:16 #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:26 #: C/power-batterylife.page:29 #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:22 #: C/power-closelid.page:21 #: C/power-lowpower.page:17 #: C/power-nowireless.page:22 #: C/power-suspendfail.page:20 #: C/power-suspend.page:18 #: C/power-whydim.page:23 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29 #: C/printing-to-file.page:13 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:24 #: C/session-screenlocks.page:23 #: C/sharing.page:14 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:20 #: C/shell-exit.page:27 #: C/shell-introduction.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:26 #: C/shell-notifications.page:22 #: C/shell-overview.page:19 #: C/sound-alert.page:21 #: C/sound-usemic.page:20 #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21 #: C/tips-specialchars.page:24 #: C/user-add.page:25 #: C/user-admin-change.page:18 #: C/user-admin-explain.page:17 #: C/user-admin-problems.page:22 #: C/user-autologin.page:14 #: C/user-changepassword.page:23 #: C/user-changepicture.page:22 #: C/user-delete.page:31 #: C/video-dvd.page:17 #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:17 msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36 msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39 msgid "Turn on bounce keys" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 msgid "Turn on bounce keys to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:53 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 #: C/a11y-icon.page:41 #: C/a11y-mag.page:42 #: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:47 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:48 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:48 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:50 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:51 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48 #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:48 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Accessibility." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57 #: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:51 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:58 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:52 #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 msgid "Click Accessibility to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:55 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:58 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:61 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:55 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:57 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:58 msgid "Select the Typing section to open it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "In the Typing Assist section, switch the Bounce Keys switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:64 msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:65 msgid "You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting Bounce Keys. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been enabled from the Accessibility panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:72 msgid "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select Beep when a key is rejected if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/a11y-braille.page:20 #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19 msgid "Jana Heves" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-braille.page:24 msgid "Use the Orca screen reader with a refreshable Braille display." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-braille.page:28 msgid "Read screen in Braille" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-braille.page:30 msgid "The Orca screen reader can display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed your system, you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-braille.page:34 #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:33 msgid "Install Orca" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-braille.page:36 #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:68 msgid "Refer to the Orca Help for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-contrast.page:30 msgid "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they’re easier to see." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-contrast.page:34 msgid "Adjust the contrast" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-contrast.page:36 msgid "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they’re easier to see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the user interface will change." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-contrast.page:48 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 #: C/a11y-icon.page:45 #: C/a11y-mag.page:46 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:52 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:52 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:54 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:55 msgid "Click on Accessibility to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:48 #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:54 msgid "Select the Seeing section to open it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-contrast.page:54 msgid "Switch the High Contrast switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/a11y-contrast.page:59 msgid "Quickly turn high contrast on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/a11y-contrast.page:60 msgid "You can turn high contrast on and off by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting High Contrast." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:36 msgid "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40 msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:42 msgid "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47 msgid "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 #: C/a11y-right-click.page:55 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:55 #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60 msgid "Select the Pointing & Clicking section to open it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:63 msgid "In the Click Assist section, switch the Hover Click switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 msgid "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and do not move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:78 msgid "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:81 msgid "You do not need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-font-size.page:31 msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-font-size.page:34 msgid "Change text size on the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 msgid "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-font-size.page:51 msgid "Switch the Large Text switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-font-size.page:55 msgid "Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting Large Text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/a11y-font-size.page:60 msgid "In many applications, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press Ctrl-." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-font-size.page:65 msgid "Large Text will scale the text by 1.2 times. You can use Tweaks to make text size bigger or smaller." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-icon.page:21 msgid "The accessibility menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a person." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-icon.page:25 msgid "Find the accessibility menu" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-icon.page:27 msgid "The accessibility menu is where you can turn on some of the accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person on the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: figure/desc #: C/a11y-icon.page:32 msgid "The accessibility menu can be found on the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-icon.page:36 msgid "If you do not see the accessibility menu, you can enable it from the Accessibility settings panel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-icon.page:48 msgid "Switch the Accessibility Menu switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-icon.page:52 msgid "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press CtrlAltTab to move the keyboard focus to the top bar. The Activities button in the top-left corner will get highlighted — this tells you which item on the top bar is selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the selected item to the accessibility menu icon and then press Enter to open it. You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press Enter to toggle the selected item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-mag.page:30 msgid "Zoom in on your screen so that it is easier to see things." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-mag.page:33 msgid "Magnify a screen area" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-mag.page:35 msgid "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the text size. This feature is like having a magnifying glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-mag.page:49 msgid "Select the Zoom section to open it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-mag.page:52 msgid "Switch the Desktop Zoom switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-mag.page:56 msgid "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, allowing you to view your area of choice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/a11y-mag.page:61 msgid "You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting Zoom." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-mag.page:66 msgid "You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the position of the magnified view on the screen. Adjust these in the Magnifier section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-mag.page:70 msgid "You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. Switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness in the Crosshairs section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-mag.page:74 msgid "You can switch to inverted colors video, and adjust brightness, contrast and color options for the magnifier in the Color Filters section. The combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting conditions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y.page:26 msgid "Use assistive technologies to help with special needs for vision, hearing, and mobility." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #. (itstool) path: table/title #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:31 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96 #: C/keyboard.page:37 msgid "Accessibility" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y.page:33 msgid "The system includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. An accessibility menu can be added to the top bar, giving easier access to many of the accessibility features." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/a11y.page:39 msgid "Visual impairments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:42 msgid "Blindness" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:45 msgid "Low vision" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:48 msgid "Color-blindness" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:51 #: C/a11y.page:73 #: C/keyboard.page:41 msgid "Other topics" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/a11y.page:56 msgid "Hearing impairments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/a11y.page:61 msgid "Mobility impairments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:64 msgid "Mouse movement" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:67 msgid "Clicking and dragging" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:70 msgid "Keyboard use" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/a11y-right-click.page:22 #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15 #: C/contacts.page:15 #: C/contacts-connect.page:19 #: C/contacts-setup.page:19 #: C/files-removedrive.page:19 #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:25 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:24 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:21 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:19 #: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:15 #: C/status-icons.page:50 #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:14 #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:14 #: C/wacom-mode.page:15 #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:14 #: C/wacom-stylus.page:14 msgid "2012" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-right-click.page:37 msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-right-click.page:40 msgid "Simulate a right mouse click" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 msgid "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "In the Click Assist section, switch the Simulated Secondary Click switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-right-click.page:63 msgid "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click by changing the Acceptance delay." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-right-click.page:67 msgid "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with a different color as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it will change this color entirely, release the mouse button to right-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you do not get visual feedback from the pointer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-right-click.page:76 msgid "If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/a11y-right-click.page:81 msgid "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: you do not have to release the button to right-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:23 msgid "Use the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:27 msgid "Read screen aloud" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:29 msgid "The Orca screen reader can speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed your system, you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:35 msgid "To start Orca using the keyboard:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:39 msgid "Press Super+Alt+S." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:43 msgid "Or to start Orca using a mouse and keyboard:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:57 msgid "Switch the Screen Reader switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:62 msgid "Quickly turn Screen Reader on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:63 msgid "You can turn Screen Reader on and off by clicking the accessibility icon in the top bar and selecting Screen Reader." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36 msgid "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40 msgid "Turn on slow keys" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42 msgid "Turn on slow keys if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "In the Typing Assist section, switch the Slow Keys switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67 msgid "Switch the Enable by Keyboard switch to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:71 msgid "You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting Slow Keys. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been enabled from the Accessibility panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 msgid "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register. See for more info." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:82 msgid "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn’t hold the key down long enough." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:36 msgid "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40 msgid "Turn on sticky keys" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42 msgid "Sticky keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the SuperTab shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press Super and then Tab to do the same." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 msgid "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:64 msgid "In the Typing Assist section, switch the Sticky Keys switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:71 msgid "Switch the Enable by Keyboard switch to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:75 msgid "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting Sticky Keys. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been enabled from the Accessibility panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:85 msgid "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Super and Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 msgid "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "You can have the computer make a “beep” sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep when a modifier key is pressed to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31 msgid "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35 msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37 msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:42 msgid "This can also be useful if you’re in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library. See to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 msgid "Select the Hearing section to open it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:58 msgid "In the Visual Alerts section, switch the Visual Alerts switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:62 msgid "Under Flash Area, select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:68 msgid "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the accessibility icon on the top bar and selecting Visual Alerts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about.page:12 #: C/about-hardware.page:12 #: C/about-hostname.page:12 #: C/about-os.page:12 #: C/backup-check.page:16 #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41 #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:26 #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:35 #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:36 #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:31 #: C/files-autorun.page:27 #: C/files-browse.page:32 #: C/files-delete.page:31 #: C/files-hidden.page:24 #: C/files-lost.page:27 #: C/files-preview.page:20 #: C/files-recover.page:18 #: C/files-rename.page:29 #: C/files-search.page:29 #: C/files-templates.page:21 #: C/files-tilde.page:23 #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32 #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22 #: C/nautilus-connect.page:23 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:21 #: C/nautilus-list.page:31 #: C/nautilus-preview.page:22 #: C/nautilus-views.page:30 #: C/net-mobile.page:24 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:28 #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:23 msgid "David King" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/about.page:18 #: C/accounts.page:19 #: C/user-accounts.page:35 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Accounts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/about.page:19 msgid "View information about your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/about.page:22 msgid "About" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/about.page:24 msgid "You can find out information about the hardware and OS on your system in the About window. Change the name used to identify your system on the network or with Bluetooth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/about-hardware.page:18 msgid "Discover information about the hardware installed on your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/about-hardware.page:22 msgid "Discover information about your system hardware" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/about-hardware.page:24 msgid "Knowing about what hardware is installed may help you understand if new software or hardware will be compatible with your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-hardware.page:29 #: C/about-hostname.page:29 #: C/about-os.page:29 #: C/clock-set.page:39 #: C/clock-timezone.page:44 #: C/gnome-version.page:27 #: C/parental-controls.page:50 #: C/parental-controls.page:100 #: C/parental-controls.page:150 #: C/parental-controls.page:197 #: C/remote-login.page:38 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:62 #: C/session-formats.page:38 #: C/session-language.page:51 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:66 #: C/sharing-secure-shell.page:25 #: C/user-add.page:45 #: C/user-admin-change.page:44 #: C/user-autologin.page:35 #: C/user-changepassword.page:68 #: C/user-changepicture.page:47 #: C/user-delete.page:51 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing System." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-hardware.page:33 #: C/about-hostname.page:33 #: C/about-os.page:33 #: C/clock-set.page:43 #: C/clock-timezone.page:48 #: C/gnome-version.page:31 #: C/parental-controls.page:55 #: C/parental-controls.page:105 #: C/parental-controls.page:155 #: C/parental-controls.page:202 #: C/remote-login.page:42 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:66 #: C/session-formats.page:42 #: C/session-language.page:55 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:70 #: C/user-add.page:49 #: C/user-admin-change.page:48 #: C/user-autologin.page:39 #: C/user-changepassword.page:72 #: C/user-changepicture.page:51 #: C/user-delete.page:55 msgid "Select SettingsSystem from the results. This will open the System panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-hardware.page:37 #: C/about-hostname.page:37 #: C/about-os.page:37 #: C/gnome-version.page:35 msgid "Select About to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-hardware.page:40 msgid "Look at the information that is listed under Hardware Model, Processor, Memory and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/about-hardware.page:46 #: C/about-os.page:49 msgid "Information can be copied from each item by selecting it and then copying to the clipboard. This makes it easy to share information about your system with others." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/about-hostname.page:18 msgid "Change the name used to identify your system on the network and to Bluetooth devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/about-hostname.page:22 msgid "Change the device name" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/about-hostname.page:24 msgid "Having a name that is uniquely recognisable makes it easier to identify your system on the network and when pairing Bluetooth devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-hostname.page:40 msgid "Select Device Name from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-hostname.page:43 msgid "Enter a name for your system, and confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/about-hostname.page:48 msgid "Although the hostname is changed immediately after the system name has been changed, some running programs and services may have to be restarted for the change to take effect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/about-os.page:18 msgid "Discover information about the operating system installed on your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/about-os.page:22 msgid "Find information about your operating system" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/about-os.page:24 msgid "Knowing about what operating system is installed may help you understand if new software or hardware will be compatible with your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-os.page:40 #: C/gnome-version.page:38 msgid "Select System Details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-os.page:43 msgid "Look at the information that is listed under OS Name, OS Type, GNOME Version and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/about-this-guide.page:8 msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:10 #: C/backup-check.page:12 #: C/backup-frequency.page:16 #: C/backup-how.page:16 #: C/backup-restore.page:15 #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:18 #: C/backup-what.page:12 #: C/backup-where.page:12 #: C/backup-why.page:13 #: C/clock-calendar.page:17 #: C/clock-set.page:18 #: C/clock-timezone.page:18 #: C/disk-benchmark.page:14 #: C/disk-capacity.page:8 #: C/disk-check.page:9 #: C/disk-format.page:9 #: C/disk-partitions.page:9 #: C/disk-repair.page:9 #: C/disk-resize.page:9 #: C/display-brightness.page:16 #: C/files-autorun.page:15 #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:14 #: C/files-rename.page:13 #: C/files-search.page:17 #: C/gnome-classic.page:15 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/hardware-driver.page:11 #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:13 #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:14 #: C/look-resolution.page:15 #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9 #: C/net-antivirus.page:12 #: C/net-mobile.page:16 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:16 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:19 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:19 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14 #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:18 #: C/power-batterylife.page:21 #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14 #: C/power-batteryslow.page:14 #: C/power-batterywindows.page:18 #: C/power-closelid.page:17 #: C/power-constantfan.page:14 #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:14 #: C/power-lowpower.page:13 #: C/power-nowireless.page:18 #: C/power-othercountry.page:14 #: C/power-suspendfail.page:16 #: C/power-suspend.page:14 #: C/power-whydim.page:15 #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:14 #: C/printing-streaks.page:14 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:15 #: C/session-language.page:16 #: C/session-screenlocks.page:15 #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14 #: C/shell-apps-open.page:14 #: C/shell-overview.page:15 #: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14 #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:16 #: C/shell-windows.page:12 #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17 #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15 #: C/shell-workspaces.page:16 #: C/sound-broken.page:14 #: C/sound-crackle.page:13 #: C/sound-nosound.page:12 #: C/user-accounts.page:14 #: C/user-add.page:13 #: C/user-admin-change.page:14 #: C/user-admin-explain.page:13 #: C/user-admin-problems.page:18 #: C/user-changepassword.page:15 #: C/user-changepicture.page:14 #: C/user-delete.page:19 #: C/user-goodpassword.page:13 #: C/video-dvd.page:13 #: C/video-sending.page:13 msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/about-this-guide.page:17 msgid "About this guide" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/about-this-guide.page:18 msgid "This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your computer more effectively. Here are a few notes regarding the help guide:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-this-guide.page:23 msgid "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics — not chapters. This means that you don’t need to skim through an entire manual to find the answer to your questions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-this-guide.page:26 msgid "Related items are linked together. “See Also” links at the bottom of some pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar topics that might help you perform a certain task." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-this-guide.page:29 msgid "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a search bar, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as you start typing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-this-guide.page:32 msgid "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we can’t answer all of your questions here. If you need more assistance, you can check with your distribution’s support team." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/accounts-add.page:15 #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21 #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17 #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18 #: C/clock-timezone.page:30 #: C/files-delete.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:13 #: C/files-rename.page:21 #: C/files-search.page:33 #: C/files-sort.page:18 #: C/files.page:24 #: C/more-help.page:15 #: C/net-findip.page:18 #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:17 #: C/net-macaddress.page:18 #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:15 #: C/printing-2sided.page:17 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18 #: C/printing-differentsize.page:17 #: C/printing-envelopes.page:17 #: C/printing-name-location.page:21 #: C/printing-order.page:17 #: C/printing-paperjam.page:14 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:16 #: C/printing-setup.page:20 #: C/privacy.page:19 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:19 #: C/privacy-purge.page:19 #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:29 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:29 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:28 msgid "Jim Campbell" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/accounts-add.page:25 #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:24 #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27 #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32 #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:28 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:33 #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:23 #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:28 #: C/nautilus-list.page:28 #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:31 #: C/privacy-location.page:17 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:31 #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:20 msgid "2014" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/accounts-add.page:30 #: C/accounts-remove.page:25 #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37 #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:38 #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33 #: C/clock-world.page:16 #: C/gnome-version.page:12 #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:28 #: C/mouse.page:20 #: C/nautilus-list.page:33 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:20 #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27 #: C/net.page:18 #: C/privacy-purge.page:29 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:30 #: C/shell-overview.page:21 #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19 msgid "2015" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/accounts-add.page:33 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:17 #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:21 #: C/accounts-remove.page:28 #: C/backup-how.page:24 #: C/bluetooth.page:20 msgid "Klein Kravis" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/accounts-add.page:35 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19 #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:23 #: C/accounts-remove.page:30 #: C/backup-how.page:26 #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:29 #: C/contacts-connect.page:30 #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:31 #: C/contacts-setup.page:31 msgid "2020" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-add.page:40 msgid "Allow applications to access your accounts online for files, contacts, calendars, and more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-add.page:44 msgid "Add an account" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:46 msgid "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your desktop. Thus, your email client, calendar and other related applications will be set up for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:52 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42 #: C/accounts-remove.page:57 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Online Accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:56 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 #: C/accounts-remove.page:61 msgid "Click on Online Accounts to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:59 msgid "Select an account from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:62 msgid "Select the type of account you want to add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "A dialog will open where you can either enter your online account credentials or a button which will open your web browser to log into the account. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, click Sign in... and then enter your email address and password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:71 msgid "If you have entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your online account. Authorize access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:76 msgid "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default. Switch individual services to off to disable them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:82 msgid "After you have added accounts, applications can use those accounts for the services you have chosen to allow. See for information on controlling which services to allow." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:87 msgid "Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke that certificate in the online service. See for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:23 msgid "Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28 msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:30 msgid "Some types of online account providers allow you to access several services with the same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, email, and contacts. You may want to use your account for some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google account for email but not calendar if you have a different online account that you use for calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:37 msgid "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online account:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:49 msgid "Select the account which you want to change from the list on the right." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:53 msgid "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under Use for. See to see which applications access which services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:58 msgid "Switch off any of the services that you do not want to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:62 msgid "Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your computer will not be able to use the account to connect to that service any more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:66 msgid "To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the Online Accounts panel and switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:13 #: C/accounts-which-application.page:14 #: C/help-irc.page:13 #: C/net-proxy.page:23 msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28 msgid "What if an online service is not listed?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:31 msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33 msgid "Support for your favorite online service needs someone to develop it. Only the account types that are listed are currently supported." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:37 msgid "If you are interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the issue tracker." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-remove.page:35 msgid "Remove access to an online service provider from your applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-remove.page:39 msgid "Remove an account" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-remove.page:41 msgid "You can remove an online account which you no longer want to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-remove.page:44 msgid "Many online services provide an authorization token which your desktop stores instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke that certificate in the online service. This will ensure that no other application or website can connect to that service using the authorization for your desktop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-remove.page:50 msgid "How to revoke the authorization depends on the service provider. Check your settings on the provider’s website for authorized or connected apps or sites. Look for an app called “GNOME” and remove it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-remove.page:64 msgid "Select the account which you wish to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-remove.page:67 msgid "Click the - button in the lower-left corner of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-remove.page:71 msgid "Click Remove in the confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-remove.page:76 msgid "Instead of deleting the account completely, it is possible to restrict the services accessed by your desktop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/accounts-which-application.page:16 msgid "2012, 2013" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/accounts-which-application.page:23 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:35 #: C/look-background.page:29 #: C/session-language.page:24 #: C/shell-exit.page:19 #: C/shell-introduction.page:26 #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25 #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:19 #: C/shell-workspaces.page:20 #: C/tips-specialchars.page:28 msgid "Andre Klapper" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-which-application.page:29 msgid "Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:34 msgid "Online services and applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:41 msgid "Once you have added an online account, any application can use that account for any of the available services that you have not disabled. Different providers provide different services. This page lists the different services and some of the applications that are known to use them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:49 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:50 msgid "The Calendar service allows you to view, add, and edit events in an online calendar. It is used by applications like Calendar, Evolution, and California." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:56 msgid "Chat" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:57 msgid "The Chat service allows you to chat with your contacts on popular instant messaging platforms. It is used by the Empathy application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:63 #: C/contacts.page:24 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:64 msgid "The Contacts service allows you to see the published details of your contacts on various services. It is used by applications like Contacts and Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:78 #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43 msgid "Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:79 msgid "The Files service adds a remote file location, as if you had added one using the Connect to Server functionality in the file manager. You can access remote files using the file manager, as well as through file open and save dialogs in any application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:87 msgid "Mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:88 msgid "The Mail service allows you to send and receive email through an email provider like Google. It is used by Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:103 msgid "Photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:104 msgid "The Photos service allows you to view your online photos such as those you post on Facebook. You can view your photos using the Photos application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:110 msgid "Printers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:111 msgid "The Printers service allows you to send a PDF copy to a provider from within the print dialog of any application. The provider might provide print services, or it might just serve as storage for the PDF, which you can download and print later." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:13 msgid "Susanna Huhtanen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:29 msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:32 msgid "Why add an account?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:34 msgid "Adding your online accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily keep in touch using services from different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set up your online accounts once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services that you have added are ready to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:42 msgid "See for information on which applications can access which online services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts.page:20 msgid "Connect to your accounts with various online services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts.page:23 msgid "Online accounts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts.page:25 msgid "You can enter your login details for some online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the Online Accounts window. This lets you use applications to access online services like email, calendars, chat, and documents." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-check.page:22 msgid "Verify your backup was successful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-check.page:25 msgid "Check your backup" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-check.page:27 msgid "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn’t work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-check.page:31 msgid "When you use Files to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-check.page:37 msgid "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/backup-check.page:42 msgid "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as Déjà Dup. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/backup-frequency.page:12 #: C/backup-how.page:12 #: C/backup-restore.page:11 #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:14 #: C/backup-what.page:16 #: C/backup-where.page:16 #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16 #: C/contacts-search.page:14 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13 #: C/files-browse.page:16 #: C/files-copy.page:19 #: C/get-involved.page:12 #: C/more-help.page:10 #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:14 #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:21 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12 #: C/mouse.page:14 #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:16 #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:14 #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:13 #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:19 #: C/nautilus-views.page:14 #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:13 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13 #: C/printing-booklet.page:13 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:14 #: C/translate.page:11 #: C/user-delete.page:15 #: C/user-goodpassword.page:21 msgid "Tiffany Antopolski" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-frequency.page:22 msgid "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they are safe." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-frequency.page:26 msgid "Frequency of backups" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-frequency.page:28 msgid "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-frequency.page:32 msgid "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-frequency.page:37 msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-frequency.page:38 msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-frequency.page:41 msgid "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-frequency.page:46 msgid "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-how.page:31 msgid "Use Déjà Dup (or another backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-how.page:35 msgid "How to back up" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-how.page:37 msgid "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, for example Déjà Dup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-how.page:41 msgid "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-how.page:44 msgid "An alternative option is to copy your files to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, an online storage service, or a USB drive. Your personal files and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-how.page:49 msgid "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-how.page:54 msgid "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a USB drive, or other removable media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-how.page:56 msgid "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you do not have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-how.page:60 msgid "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in ~/.local/share/Trash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-restore.page:7 msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-restore.page:22 msgid "Restore a backup" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-restore.page:24 msgid "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-restore.page:28 msgid "If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy them back to your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-restore.page:32 msgid "If you created your backup using a backup application such as Déjà Dup, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28 msgid "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:32 msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:34 msgid "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40 msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need #. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your #. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:43 msgid "These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and Videos." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48 msgid "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it is an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage Analyzer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55 msgid "Hidden files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56 msgid "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, press the menu button in the sidebar of the window of Files and press Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64 msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65 msgid "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:67 msgid "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config and .local in your Home folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:72 msgid "System-wide settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:73 msgid "Settings for important parts of the system are not stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the /etc folder. In general, you will not need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-what.page:26 msgid "Back up anything that you cannot bear to lose if something goes wrong." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-what.page:30 msgid "What to back up" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-what.page:32 msgid "Your priority should be to back up your most important files as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/backup-what.page:39 msgid "Your personal files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-what.page:40 msgid "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/backup-what.page:46 msgid "Your personal settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-what.page:47 msgid "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for LibreOffice, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/backup-what.page:55 msgid "System settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-what.page:56 msgid "Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/backup-what.page:63 msgid "Installed software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-what.page:64 msgid "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-what.page:69 msgid "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-where.page:22 msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-where.page:26 msgid "Where to store your backup" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-where.page:28 msgid "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer — on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, or is lost or is stolen, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn’t keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-where.page:35 msgid "It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: list/title #: C/backup-where.page:40 msgid "Local and remote storage options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:45 msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:48 msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:51 msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:54 msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:57 msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:60 msgid "Online backup service (Amazon S3, for example; capacity depends on price)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-where.page:66 msgid "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, also known as a complete system backup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/backup-why.page:7 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Backups" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-why.page:19 msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-why.page:22 msgid "Back up your important files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-why.page:24 msgid "Backing up your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-why.page:31 msgid "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth.page:25 msgid "Connect to devices over Bluetooth to transfer files or use wireless audio." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/bluetooth.page:29 #: C/quick-settings.page:76 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth.page:31 msgid "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and other devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to send files between devices, such as from your computer to your cell phone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/bluetooth.page:53 msgctxt "link" msgid "Bluetooth problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/bluetooth.page:56 #: C/color.page:30 #: C/power.page:49 #: C/prefs-display.page:28 msgid "Problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:25 #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21 #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23 #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14 #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:13 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:20 #: C/printing-setup.page:24 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:19 msgid "Paul W. Frields" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:47 msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50 msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:52 msgid "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58 #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:54 #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61 #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:41 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Bluetooth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62 #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:58 #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:65 #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:45 msgid "Click on Bluetooth to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:65 msgid "Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch at the top should be set to on. With the panel open and the switch on, your computer will begin searching for devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70 msgid "Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 5-10 meters (about 16-33 feet) of your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75 msgid "Click the device in the Devices list. The panel for the device will open." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79 msgid "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen. Confirm the PIN on the device (you may need to click Pair or Confirm), then click Confirm on the computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:83 msgid "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:88 msgid "The entry for the device in the Devices list will show a Connected status." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:92 msgid "To edit the device, click on it in the Devices list. You will see a panel specific to the device. It may display additional options applicable to the type of device to which you are connecting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:97 msgid "Close the panel once you have changed the settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:103 msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:105 msgid "When one or more Bluetooth devices are connected, the Bluetooth icon appears in the system status area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:10 msgid "Bastien Nocera" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:16 msgid "How to pair specific devices with your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:19 msgid "Pairing instructions for specific devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:21 msgid "Even if you manage to source the manual for a device, it might not contain enough information to make pairing possible. Here are details for a few common devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:27 msgid "PlayStation 5 joypads" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:28 msgid "Holding the <_:media-1/> button, press the <_:media-2/> button until the light bar is blinking to make it visible and pair it like any other Bluetooth device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:34 msgid "PlayStation 4 joypads" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:35 msgid "Using the <_:media-1/> and “Share” button combination to pair the joypad can also be used to make the joypad visible and pair it like any other Bluetooth device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:38 msgid "Those devices can also use “cable-pairing”. Plug the joypads in via USB with the Bluetooth Settings opened, and Bluetooth turned on. You will get asked whether to set those joypads up without needing to press the <_:media-1/> button. Unplug them and press the <_:media-2/> to use them over Bluetooth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:47 msgid "PlayStation 3 joypads" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:48 msgid "Those devices use “cable-pairing”. Plug the joypads in via USB with the Bluetooth Settings opened, and Bluetooth turned on. After pressing the <_:media-1/> button, you will get asked whether to set those joypads up. Unplug them and <_:media-2/> button to use them over Bluetooth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:56 msgid "PlayStation 3 BD Remote Control" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:57 msgid "Hold the “Start” and “Enter” buttons at the same time for around 5 seconds. You can then select the remote in the devices list as usual." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:61 msgid "Nintendo Wii and Wii U Remotes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:62 msgid "Use the red “Sync” button inside the battery compartment to start the pairing process. Other button combinations will not keep pairing information, so you would need to do it all over again in short order. Also note that some software like console emulators will want direct access to the remotes, and, in those cases, you should not set them up in the Bluetooth panel. Refer to the application’s manual for instructions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:70 msgid "ION iCade" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:71 msgid "Hold down the bottom 4 buttons and the top white button to start the pairing process. When the pairing instructions appear, make sure to use only the cardinal directions to input the code, followed by any of the 2 white buttons to the far right of the arcade stick to confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32 msgid "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36 msgid "I cannot connect my Bluetooth device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38 msgid "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43 msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44 msgid "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49 msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:50 msgid "Your Bluetooth adapter or dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter are not installed. Some Bluetooth adapters are not supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58 msgid "Adapter is not switched on" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59 msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth panel and check that it is not disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:64 msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:65 msgid "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you are trying to connect to, and that it is discoverable or visible. For example, if you are trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it is not in airplane mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:71 msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:72 msgid "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42 msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45 msgid "Disconnect a Bluetooth device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:47 msgid "If you do not want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:61 msgid "Select the device which you want to disconnect from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:64 msgid "In the device dialog box, switch the Connection switch to off, or to remove the device from the Devices list, click Remove Device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:70 msgid "You can reconnect a Bluetooth device later if desired." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43 msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:46 msgid "Send files to a Bluetooth device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:48 msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices do not allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth settings window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54 msgid "Send Files does not work on unsupported devices such as iPhones." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:66 msgid "Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch in the titlebar should be set to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70 msgid "In the Devices list, select the device to which to send the files. If the desired device is not shown as Connected in the list, you need to connect to it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74 msgid "A panel specific to the external device appears." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:77 msgid "Click Send Files… and the file chooser will appear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:80 msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click Select." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81 msgid "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85 msgid "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. The Bluetooth File Transfer dialog will show the progress bar. Click Close when the transfer is complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:43 msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:46 msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:56 msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:68 msgid "Set the switch at the top to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:72 msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:77 msgid "To turn Bluetooth off:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:80 #: C/net-mobile.page:49 #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:39 #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "Open the system menu from the right side of the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:84 msgid "Select <_:media-1/> Bluetooth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:90 msgid "Your computer is visible as long as the Bluetooth panel is open." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:38 msgid "Whether other devices can discover your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:41 msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:43 msgid "Bluetooth visibility refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth is turned on and the Bluetooth panel is open, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:50 #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:59 msgid "You can change the name your computer displays to other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:54 msgid "After you have connected to a device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:59 msgid "Devices without a display usually have a pairing mode that can be entered by pressing a button, or a combination of buttons for a while, whether when they’ve already been turned on, or as they are being turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:63 msgid "The best way to find out how to enter that mode is to refer to the device’s manual. For some devices, the procedure might be slightly different from usual." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/clock-calendar.page:31 msgid "Display your appointments in the calendar area at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/clock-calendar.page:35 msgid "Calendar appointments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:38 msgid "This requires you to use your calendar from Evolution or the Calendar, or for you to have an online account set up which Calendar supports." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:41 msgid "Most distributions come with at least one of these programs installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution’s package manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:46 msgid "To view your appointments:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:49 msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:52 msgid "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:56 msgid "A dot is shown under each date that has an appointment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:59 msgid "Existing appointments will be displayed to the left of the calendar. As appointments are added to your Evolution calendar or to Calendar, they will appear in the clock’s appointment list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/clock-calendar.page:67 #: C/shell-introduction.page:129 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='fb704d1404070c80b855e98b77a3a0e0'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:68 #: C/clock-calendar.page:73 #: C/shell-introduction.page:135 msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/clock-calendar.page:72 #: C/shell-introduction.page:134 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5='6f11a8977bcd8d690165bbc0b49791a5'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/clock-set.page:28 msgid "Use the Date & Time Settings to alter the date or time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/clock-set.page:32 msgid "Change the date and time" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/clock-set.page:34 msgid "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:47 #: C/clock-timezone.page:52 msgid "Select Date & Time to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:50 msgid "If you have the Automatic Date & Time switch set to on, your date and time should update automatically if you have an internet connection. To update your date and time manually, set this to off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:55 msgid "Click Date & Time, then adjust the time and date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:58 msgid "You can change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM for Time Format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/clock-set.page:63 msgid "You may also wish to set the timezone manually." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/clock-timezone.page:37 msgid "Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/clock-timezone.page:40 msgid "Change your timezone" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-timezone.page:55 msgid "If you have the Automatic Time Zone switch set to on, your time zone should update automatically if you have an internet connection and the location services feature is enabled. To update your time zone manually, set this to off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-timezone.page:62 msgid "Click Time Zone, then search for your current city." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/clock-timezone.page:66 msgid "The time will be updated automatically when you select a different location. You may also wish to set the clock manually." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/clock-world.page:21 msgid "Display times in other cities under the calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/clock-world.page:24 msgid "Add a world clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/clock-world.page:26 msgid "Use Clocks to add times in other cities." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/clock-world.page:29 msgid "This requires the Clocks application to be installed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/clock-world.page:30 msgid "Most distributions come with Clocks installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution’s package manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/clock-world.page:35 msgid "To add a world clock:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-world.page:39 msgid "Click the clock on the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-world.page:42 msgid "Click the Add world clocks… button under the calendar to launch Clocks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/clock-world.page:46 msgid "If you already have one or more world clocks, click on one and Clocks will launch." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-world.page:52 msgid "In the Clocks window, click + button or press CtrlN to add a new city." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-world.page:57 msgid "Start typing the name of the city into the search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-world.page:60 msgid "Select the correct city or the closest location to you from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-world.page:64 msgid "Press Add to finish adding the city." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/clock-world.page:68 msgid "Refer to the Clocks Help for more of the capabilities of Clocks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/clock.page:19 msgid "Use clocks and timezones, and keep track of appointments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/clock.page:22 msgid "Date & time" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/color.page:9 #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:16 #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14 #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13 #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:18 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:17 #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12 #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:13 #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12 #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11 #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13 #: C/color-howtoimport.page:16 #: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11 #: C/color-notifications.page:14 #: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11 #: C/color-testing.page:15 #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10 #: C/color-whatisspace.page:12 #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:11 #: C/color-whyimportant.page:11 msgid "Richard Hughes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/color.page:14 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Color" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color.page:15 msgid "Calibrate color profiles on monitors, printers, and other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color.page:19 msgid "Color management" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/color.page:22 msgid "Color profiles" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/color.page:26 msgid "Calibration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30 msgid "Look in SettingsColor to add a color profile for your screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:33 msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:35 msgid "You may want to assign a color profile for your screen or printer so that the colors which it shows are more accurate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:40 #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:55 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:50 #: C/color-howtoimport.page:43 #: C/color-testing.page:64 #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:48 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 #: C/net-findip.page:50 #: C/net-findip.page:78 #: C/net-manual.page:41 #: C/shell-notifications.page:94 #: C/shell-notifications.page:130 #: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44 #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:59 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:54 #: C/color-howtoimport.page:47 #: C/color-testing.page:68 #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 #: C/net-findip.page:54 #: C/net-findip.page:82 #: C/net-manual.page:45 #: C/shell-notifications.page:98 #: C/shell-notifications.page:134 #: C/tips-specialchars.page:90 msgid "Click on Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:47 #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:62 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:57 #: C/color-howtoimport.page:50 #: C/color-testing.page:71 msgid "Click Color in the sidebar to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:50 msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:53 #: C/color-howtoimport.page:56 msgid "Click Add profile to select an existing profile or import a new profile." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:57 #: C/color-howtoimport.page:60 #: C/color-testing.page:82 msgid "Press Add to confirm your selection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:60 msgid "To change the used profile, select the profile you would like to use and press Enable to confirm your selection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:65 msgid "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:71 msgid "If calibration hardware is connected, the Calibrate… button will create a new profile." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11 msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20 msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22 msgid "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the Color panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28 msgid "You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36 msgid "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10 msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19 msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21 msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26 msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 msgid "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44 msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:32 msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:35 msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:42 msgid "If you want your scanner to represent the color accurately in scans, you should calibrate it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:47 msgid "Make sure your scanner is connected to your computer with a cable or over the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:51 msgid "Scan your calibration target and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:65 msgid "Select your scanner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:68 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:63 msgid "Press Calibrate… to commence the calibration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:74 msgid "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature, so do not usually need to be recalibrated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31 msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:35 msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:37 msgid "You can calibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate color. This is especially useful if you are involved in digital photography, design or artwork." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41 msgid "You will need either a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer to do this. Both devices are used to profile screens, but they work in slightly different ways." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47 msgid "Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:60 msgid "Select your screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:68 msgid "Screens change all the time: the backlight in a TFT display will halve in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the Color panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:73 msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9 msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18 msgid "What’s the difference between calibration and characterization?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19 msgid "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26 msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27 msgid "Applying curves to its color channels" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29 msgid "The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36 msgid "Characterization (or profiling) is recording the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47 msgid "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it’s in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53 msgid "In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:10 msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:20 msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:22 msgid "The system relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. A list of supported measuring instruments can be found at ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9 msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18 msgid "Which target types are supported?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20 msgid "The following types of targets are supported:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25 msgid "CMP DigitalTarget" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26 msgid "ColorChecker 24" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27 msgid "ColorChecker DC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28 msgid "ColorChecker SG" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29 msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30 msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31 msgid "QPcard 201" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32 msgid "IT8.7/2" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36 msgid "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40 msgid "Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair price." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8 msgid "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17 msgid "Can I share my color profile?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19 msgid "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26 msgid "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them closer to calibration, but it’s misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31 msgid "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn’t make a lot of sense." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40 msgid "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10 msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19 msgid "Where do I get color profiles?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21 msgid "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25 msgid "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31 msgid "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it’s likely dummy data generated that is useless." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39 msgid "See for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-howtoimport.page:30 msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-howtoimport.page:33 msgid "How do I import color profiles?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-howtoimport.page:35 msgid "You can import a color profile by double clicking on a .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-howtoimport.page:38 msgid "Alternatively you can manage your color profiles through the Color panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-howtoimport.page:53 msgid "Select your device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-howtoimport.page:64 msgid "The manufacturer of your display may supply a profile that you can use. These profiles are usually made for the average display, so may not be perfect for your specific one. For the best calibration, you should create your own profile using a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8 msgid "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17 msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18 msgid "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24 msgid "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-notifications.page:24 msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-notifications.page:27 msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-notifications.page:29 msgid "You can be reminded to recalibrate your devices after a specific period of time. Unfortunately, it is not possible to tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate devices regularly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-notifications.page:34 msgid "Some companies have very specific calibration expiry policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-notifications.page:38 msgid "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the Color panel next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-notifications.page:43 msgid "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9 msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17 msgid "Why don’t the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18 msgid "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29 msgid "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-testing.page:29 msgid "Use the supplied test profiles to check that your profiles are being applied correctly to your screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-testing.page:33 msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-testing.page:35 msgid "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-testing.page:38 msgid "The system comes with several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/color-testing.page:43 msgid "Blue" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-testing.page:44 msgid "This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-testing.page:74 msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile. You may wish to make a note of which profile is currently being used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-testing.page:78 msgid "Click Add profile to select a test profile, which should be at the bottom of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-testing.page:85 msgid "To revert to your previous profile, select the device in the Color panel, then select the profile that you were using before you tried one of the test profiles and press Enable to use it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-testing.page:93 msgid "Using these profiles, you can clearly see when an application supports color management." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7 msgid "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16 msgid "What is a color profile?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18 msgid "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22 msgid "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a .ICC or .ICM file extension." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27 msgid "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32 msgid "Every device that is processing color should have its own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an end-to-end color-managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-whatisspace.page:9 msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-whatisspace.page:18 msgid "What is a color space?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:20 msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:25 msgid "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of colors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:37 msgid "Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the gcm-viewer application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: figure/desc #: C/color-whatisspace.page:48 msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:52 msgid "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:60 msgid "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:66 msgid "ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:73 msgid "Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don’t we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantization. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:79 msgid "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:86 msgid "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:92 msgid "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:8 msgid "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17 msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:19 msgid "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:26 msgid "Averaged profiles" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:29 msgid "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:37 msgid "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-whyimportant.page:8 msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-whyimportant.page:17 msgid "Why is color management important?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:18 msgid "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:24 msgid "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: figure/desc #: C/color-whyimportant.page:30 msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:34 msgid "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: figure/desc #: C/color-whyimportant.page:40 msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:44 msgid "Notice how the white is not “paper white” and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: figure/desc #: C/color-whyimportant.page:50 msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:54 msgid "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:60 msgid "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can’t have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:67 msgid "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don’t know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It’s like telling a person that you’ve just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don’t know if that’s 7 kilometers or 7 meters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:77 msgid "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look “washed out”." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:85 msgid "In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that’s not possible (you can’t print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:92 msgid "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you’re trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the exact Red Hat Red." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:15 msgid "Lucie Hankey" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:27 #: C/contacts-connect.page:28 #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29 #: C/contacts-setup.page:29 msgid "Pranali Deshmukh" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:34 msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:38 msgid "Add or remove a contact" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:40 msgid "To add a contact:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44 msgid "Press the + button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:47 msgid "In the New contact dialog, enter the contact name and their information. Press the drop down box next to each field to choose the type of detail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/span #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52 #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:66 msgid "View More" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52 msgid "To add more details press the <_:media-1/> option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55 msgid "Press Add to save the contact." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59 msgid "To remove a contact:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:63 #: C/contacts-connect.page:44 #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:47 msgid "Select the contact from your contact list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:66 msgid "Press the <_:media-1/> button in the header bar on the top-right corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:69 msgid "Press Delete option to remove contact." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:72 msgid "To remove one or more contacts, check the boxes next to the contacts you want to delete and press Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts.page:20 msgid "Access your contacts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts.page:26 msgid "Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/contacts-connect.page:24 msgid "2013-2014" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-connect.page:35 msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-connect.page:38 msgid "Connect with your contact" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-connect.page:40 msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in Contacts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/span #: C/contacts-connect.page:50 msgid "mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-connect.page:47 msgid "Press the button corresponding to the detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the <_:media-1/> button next to the contact’s email address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-connect.page:54 msgid "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact’s details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/contacts-connect.page:60 msgid "If there is no available application for the detail that you wish to use, you will not be able to select it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37 msgid "Edit the information for each contact." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40 msgid "Edit contact details" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:42 msgid "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/span #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:51 #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:61 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77 msgid "view more" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50 msgid "Press the <_:media-1/> button in the top-right corner of the window and select Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56 msgid "Edit the contact details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:57 msgid "To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, just fill in the details on the next empty field of the type (phone number, email, etc.) you want to add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:61 msgid "Press the <_:media-1/> option at the bottom to expand available options, revealing fields like Website and Birthday." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:67 msgid "Press Done to finish editing the contact." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:36 msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:39 msgid "Link and unlink contacts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:42 msgid "Link contacts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44 msgid "You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online accounts into one Contacts entry. This feature helps you keep your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:50 msgid "Enable selection mode by pressing the tick button above the contact list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:54 msgid "A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the contacts that you want to merge." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58 msgid "Press Link to link the selected contacts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66 msgid "Unlink contacts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:68 msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which should not be linked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73 msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contacts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:76 msgid "Press <_:media-1/> in the top-right corner of Contacts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81 msgid "Press Unlink to unlink the entry from the contact." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-search.page:28 msgid "Search for a contact." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-search.page:31 msgid "Search for a contact" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-search.page:33 msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-search.page:37 msgid "In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-search.page:41 msgid "Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-search.page:45 msgid "Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-search.page:51 msgid "To search from inside Contacts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-search.page:55 msgid "Click inside the search field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-search.page:58 msgid "Start typing the name of the contact." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/contacts-setup.page:23 msgid "Paul Cutler" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/contacts-setup.page:25 msgid "2017" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-setup.page:36 msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-setup.page:39 msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-setup.page:41 msgid "When you run Contacts for the first time, the Select Address Book window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-setup.page:44 msgid "If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and press Done." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-setup.page:48 msgid "All new contacts you create will be saved to the address book you choose. You are also able to view, edit and delete contacts in other address books." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-setup.page:51 msgid "If you have no online accounts configured, press Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you do not wish to set up online accounts at this time, press Local Address Book." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/disk-benchmark.page:18 #: C/disk-capacity.page:12 #: C/disk-check.page:13 #: C/display-brightness.page:20 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19 #: C/look-background.page:21 #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18 #: C/look-resolution.page:19 msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:28 msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:44 msgid "Open Disks from the Activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 msgid "Choose the disk from the list in the left pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "Click the menu button and select Benchmark Disk… from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 msgid "Click Start Benchmark… and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:59 msgid "Click Start Benchmarking… to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:64 msgid "If Perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:71 msgid "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:80 msgid "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/disk-capacity.page:20 #: C/net-findip.page:30 msgid "Rafael Fontenelle" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:27 msgid "Use Disk Usage Analyzer, System Monitor, or Usage to check space and capacity." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:32 msgid "Check how much disk space is left" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:34 msgid "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyzer, System Monitor, or Usage." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:38 msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:40 msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyzer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:45 msgid "Open Disk Usage Analyzer from the Activities overview. The window will display a list of file locations together with the usage and capacity of each." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:50 msgid "Click one of the items in the list to view a detailed summary of the usage for that item. Click the menu button, and then Scan Folder… to scan a different location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:55 msgid "The information is displayed according to Folder, Size, Contents and when the data was last Modified. See more details in Disk Usage Analyzer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:64 msgid "Check with System Monitor" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:66 msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:70 msgid "Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:74 msgid "Select the File Systems tab to view the system’s partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:82 msgid "Check with Usage" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:84 msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with Usage:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:88 msgid "Open the Usage application from the Activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:92 msgid "Select Storage tab to view the system’s total Used and Available disk space, as well as the used by the Operating System and common user’s directories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:99 msgid "Disk space can be freed from user’s directories and its subdirectories by checking the box next to the directory name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:106 msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:108 msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:112 msgid "Delete files that aren’t important or that you won’t use anymore." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:115 msgid "Make backups of the important files that you won’t need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:24 msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it’s healthy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-check.page:28 msgid "Check your hard disk for problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/disk-check.page:31 msgid "Checking the hard disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:32 msgid "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:37 msgid "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk’s health by running the Disks application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/disk-check.page:41 msgid "Check your disk’s health using the Disks application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-check.page:44 #: C/disk-format.page:32 #: C/disk-repair.page:33 #: C/disk-repair.page:76 #: C/disk-resize.page:34 msgid "Open Disks from the Activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-check.page:47 msgid "Select the disk you want to check from the list of storage devices on the left. Information and status of the disk will be shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-check.page:51 msgid "Click the menu button and select SMART Data & Self-Tests…. The Overall Assessment should say “Disk is OK”." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-check.page:55 msgid "See more information under SMART Attributes, or click the Start Self-test button to run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/disk-check.page:65 msgid "What if the disk isn’t healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:67 msgid "Even if the Overall Assessment indicates that the disk isn’t healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it’s better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "If the status says “Pre-fail”, the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:79 msgid "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-format.page:22 msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-format.page:24 msgid "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk — this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/disk-format.page:30 msgid "Format a removable disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-format.page:35 msgid "Select the disk you want to wipe from the list of storage devices on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/disk-format.page:39 msgid "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-format.page:44 msgid "In the toolbar underneath the Volumes section, click the menu button. Then click Format Partition…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-format.page:48 msgid "In the window that pops up, choose a file system Type for the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-format.page:50 msgid "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "Give the disk a name and click Next to continue and show a confirmation window. Check the details carefully, and click Format to wipe the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-format.page:61 msgid "Once the formatting has finished, click the eject icon to safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/disk-format.page:67 msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/disk-format.page:68 msgid "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-partitions.page:15 msgid "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-partitions.page:20 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:22 msgid "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:30 msgid "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/disk-partitions.page:38 msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:40 msgid "You can check and modify your computer’s storage volumes with the disk utility." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:45 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start Disks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "In the list of storage devices on the left, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "The right pane provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:56 msgid "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:61 msgid "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:68 msgid "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, select the partition and click the menu button in the toolbar underneath the partition list. Then, click Edit Partition… and look at its Flags. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-repair.page:15 msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged and bring it back into a usable state." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-repair.page:20 msgid "Repair a damaged filesystem" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-repair.page:22 msgid "Filesystems can be corrupted due to unexpected power loss, system crashes and unsafe removal of the drive. After such an incident it is recommended to repair or at least check the filesystem to prevent future data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-repair.page:26 msgid "Sometimes a repair is required in order to mount or modify a filesystem. Even if a check does not report any damage the filesystem might still be marked as ‘dirty’ internally and require a repair." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/disk-repair.page:31 msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-repair.page:36 #: C/disk-repair.page:79 #: C/disk-resize.page:37 msgid "Select the disk containing the filesystem in question from the list of storage devices on the left. If there is more than one volume on the disk, select the volume which contains the filesystem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-repair.page:41 msgid "In the toolbar underneath the Volumes section, click the menu button. Then click Check Filesystem…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-repair.page:45 msgid "Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a check may take longer time. Confirm to start the action in the dialog that pops up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-repair.page:47 msgid "The action will not modify the filesystem but will unmount it if needed. Be patient while the filesystem is checked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-repair.page:51 msgid "After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem is damaged. Note that in some cases even if the filesystem is undamaged it still may need to be repaired to reset an internal ‘dirty’ marker." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/disk-repair.page:58 msgid "Possible data loss when repairing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/disk-repair.page:59 msgid "If the filesystem structure is damaged it can affect the files stored in it. In some cases these files can not be brought into a valid form again and will be deleted or moved to a special directory. It is normally the lost+found folder in the top level directory of the filesystem where these recovered file parts can be found." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/disk-repair.page:64 msgid "If the data is too valuable to be lost during this process, you are advised to back it up by saving an image of the volume before repairing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/disk-repair.page:67 msgid "This image can be then processed with forensic analysis tools like sleuthkit to further recover missing files and data parts which were not restored during the repair, and also previously removed files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/disk-repair.page:74 msgid "Repair a filesystem" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-repair.page:84 msgid "In the toolbar underneath the Volumes section, click the menu button. Then click Repair Filesystem…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-repair.page:88 msgid "Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a repair may take longer time. Confirm to start the action in the dialog that pops up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-repair.page:90 msgid "The action will unmount the filesystem if needed. The repair action tries to bring the filesystem into a consistent state and moves files which were damaged in a special folder. Be patient while the filesystem is repaired." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-repair.page:96 msgid "After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem could be successfully repaired. In case of success it can be used again in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-repair.page:99 msgid "If the filesystem could not be repaired, back it up by saving an image of the volume to be able to retrieve important files later. This can be done by mounting the image read-only or using forensic analysis tools like sleuthkit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-repair.page:103 msgid "To make use of the volume again it has to be formatted with a new filesystem. All data will be discarded." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-resize.page:15 msgid "Shrink or grow a filesystem and its partition." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-resize.page:19 msgid "Adjust the size of a filesystem" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-resize.page:21 msgid "A filesystem can be grown to make use of the free space after its partition. Often this is even possible while the filesystem is mounted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-resize.page:24 msgid "To make space for another partition after the filesystem, it can be shrunk according to the free space within it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-resize.page:26 msgid "Not all filesystems have resize support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-resize.page:27 msgid "The partition size will be changed together with the filesystem size. It is also possible to resize a partition without a filesystem in the same way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/disk-resize.page:32 msgid "Resize a filesystem/partition" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-resize.page:42 msgid "In the toolbar underneath the Volumes section, click the menu button. Then click Resize Filesystem… or Resize… if there is no filesystem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-resize.page:47 msgid "A dialog will open where the new size can be chosen. The filesystem will be mounted to calculate the minimum size by the amount of current content. If shrinking is not supported the minimum size is the current size. Leave enough space within the filesystem when shrinking to ensure that it can work fast and reliably." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-resize.page:52 msgid "Depending on how much data has to be moved from the shrunk part, the filesystem resize may take longer time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/disk-resize.page:55 msgid "The filesystem resize automatically involves repairing of the filesystem. Therefore it is advised to back up important data before starting. The action must not be stopped or it will result in a damaged filesystem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-resize.page:62 msgid "Confirm to start the action by clicking Resize." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-resize.page:64 msgid "The action will unmount the filesystem if resizing a mounted filesystem is not supported. Be patient while the filesystem is resized." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-resize.page:68 msgid "After completion of the needed resize and repair actions the filesystem is ready to be used again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/disk.page:15 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Disks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk.page:16 msgid "Check on disk space and control how disk space is allocated and used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk.page:21 msgid "Disks & storage" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/display-blank.page:20 #: C/get-involved.page:16 #: C/gnome-classic.page:19 #: C/gnome-version.page:10 #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:20 #: C/power-closelid.page:25 #: C/power-lowpower.page:21 #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:17 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:17 #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:18 #: C/shell-notifications.page:27 #: C/translate.page:20 msgid "Petr Kovar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-blank.page:31 msgid "Change the screen blanking time to save power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/display-blank.page:34 msgid "Set screen blanking time" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/display-blank.page:36 msgid "To save power, you can adjust the time before the screen blanks when left idle. You can also disable the blanking completely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/display-blank.page:40 msgid "To set the screen blanking time:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-blank.page:42 #: C/power-autobrightness.page:34 #: C/power-autosuspend.page:33 #: C/power-percentage.page:37 #: C/power-profile.page:50 #: C/power-status.page:32 #: C/power-whydim.page:48 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-blank.page:46 #: C/power-autobrightness.page:38 #: C/power-autosuspend.page:37 #: C/power-percentage.page:41 #: C/power-profile.page:54 #: C/power-whydim.page:52 msgid "Click Power to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-blank.page:49 msgid "Use the Screen Blank drop-down list under Power Saving Options to set the time until the screen blanks, or disable the blanking completely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-blank.page:56 msgid "When your computer is left idle, the screen will automatically lock itself for security reasons. To change this behavior, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-brightness.page:42 msgid "Change the screen brightness to make it more readable in bright light." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/display-brightness.page:46 msgid "Set screen brightness" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/display-brightness.page:48 msgid "Depending on your hardware, you can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/display-brightness.page:51 msgid "To change the brightness of your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and adjust the screen brightness slider to the value you want to use. The change should take effect immediately." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-brightness.page:57 msgid "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These often have a picture that looks like the sun. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-brightness.page:63 msgid "If your computer features an integrated light sensor, the screen brightness will automatically be adjusted for you. For more information, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/display-brightness.page:68 msgid "If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, you can also have the screen dim automatically to save power. For more information, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:27 msgid "Set up an additional monitor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30 msgid "Connect another monitor to your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:81 msgid "Set up an additional monitor" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82 msgid "To set up an additional monitor, connect the monitor to your computer. If your system does not recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:88 #: C/display-night-light.page:31 #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 #: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 #: C/display-night-light.page:35 #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:50 #: C/look-resolution.page:63 msgid "Click Displays to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 msgid "In the display arrangement diagram, drag your displays to the relative positions you want." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:98 msgid "The numbers on the diagram are shown at the top-left of each display when the Displays panel is active." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:103 msgid "Click Primary Display to choose your primary display." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106 msgid "The primary display is the one with the top bar, and where the Activities overview is shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:112 msgid "Click on each monitor in the list and select the orientation, resolution or scale, and refresh rate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:116 #: C/look-resolution.page:74 msgid "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:127 msgid "Display modes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:128 msgid "With two screens, these display modes are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:130 msgid "Join Displays: screen edges are joined so things can pass from one display to another." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:132 msgid "Mirror: the same content is shown on two displays, with the same resolution and orientation for both." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:135 msgid "When only one display is needed, for example, an external monitor connected to a docked laptop with the lid closed, the other monitor can be switched off. In the list, click on the monitor you want to disable, and turn the switch to off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:144 msgid "Adding more than one monitor" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:145 msgid "With more than two screens, Join Displays is the only mode available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:149 msgid "Press the button for the display that you would like to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:153 msgid "Drag the screens to the desired relative positions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/display-night-light.page:13 msgid "2018" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-night-light.page:18 msgid "Night Light changes the color of your displays according to the time of day." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/display-night-light.page:22 msgid "Adjust the color temperature of your screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/display-night-light.page:24 msgid "A computer monitor emits blue light which contributes to sleeplessness and eye strain after dark. Night Light changes the color of your displays according to the time of day, making the color warmer in the evening. To enable Night Light:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-night-light.page:38 msgid "Click Night Light to open the settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-night-light.page:41 msgid "Ensure the Night Light switch is set to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-night-light.page:44 msgid "Under Schedule, select Sunset to Sunrise to make the screen color follow the sunset and sunrise times for your location. Select Manual Schedule to set the Times to a custom schedule." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-night-light.page:49 msgid "Use the slider to adjust the Color Temperature to be more warm or less warm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-night-light.page:54 msgid "The top bar shows when Night Light is active. It can be temporarily disabled from the system menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/files-autorun.page:23 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:27 #: C/look-background.page:37 #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:30 #: C/look-resolution.page:27 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29 #: C/shell-apps-open.page:22 #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20 msgid "Shobha Tyagi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-autorun.page:33 msgid "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-autorun.page:38 msgid "Open applications for devices or discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-autorun.page:40 msgid "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-autorun.page:45 msgid "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:50 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Removable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:54 #: C/net-default-browser.page:46 #: C/net-default-email.page:47 msgid "Select SettingsApps from the results. This will open the Apps panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:58 msgid "Select Default Apps to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:61 msgid "In the Removeable Media section, switch the Automatically Launch Apps switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:65 msgid "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:68 msgid "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager, with the Open folder option. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:74 msgid "If you do not see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-autorun.page:83 msgid "If you do not want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, switch the Automatically Launch Apps switch to off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-autorun.page:88 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-autorun.page:91 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:92 msgid "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-autorun.page:99 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:100 msgid "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-autorun.page:107 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called Pictures." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:125 msgid "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:130 msgid "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-autorun.page:135 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-autorun.page:136 msgid "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-autorun.page:142 msgid "Never run software from media you don’t trust." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-browse.page:38 msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-browse.page:41 msgid "Browse files and folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:51 msgid "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:56 msgid "To start the file manager, open Files in the Activities overview. You can also search for files and folders through the overview in the same way you would search for applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-browse.page:63 msgid "Exploring the contents of folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:65 msgid "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click or middle-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. Middle-click a folder to open it in a new tab. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:71 msgid "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly preview each file by pressing the space bar to be sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:76 msgid "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you’re viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, or access its properties." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:82 msgid "If you want to quickly search for a file, in or below the folder you are viewing, start typing its name. A search bar will appear at the top of the window and only files which match your search will be shown. Press Esc to cancel the search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:87 msgid "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, press the Show Sidebar button in the top-left corner of the window. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/files-copy.page:15 #: C/files-delete.page:15 #: C/files-open.page:13 msgid "Cristopher Thomas" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:29 msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-copy.page:32 msgid "Copy or move files and folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-copy.page:34 msgid "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-copy.page:38 msgid "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don’t like your changes)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-copy.page:43 msgid "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-copy.page:47 msgid "Copy and paste files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:48 msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:49 msgid "Right-click and select Copy, or press CtrlC." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:51 msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:53 msgid "Right-click and select Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-copy.page:60 msgid "Cut and paste files to move them" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:61 msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:62 msgid "Right-click and select Cut, or press CtrlX." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:64 msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:65 msgid "Right-click and select Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-copy.page:72 msgid "Drag files to copy or move" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:73 msgid "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:75 msgid "Press the menu button in the sidebar of the window and select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:81 msgid "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:84 msgid "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied, because you’re dragging from one device to another." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:86 msgid "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-copy.page:93 msgid "You cannot copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-delete.page:37 msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-delete.page:40 msgid "Delete files and folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-delete.page:42 msgid "If you do not want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-delete.page:49 msgid "To send a file to the trash:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-delete.page:50 msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-delete.page:52 msgid "Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Trash in the sidebar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-delete.page:56 msgid "The file will be moved to the trash, and you’ll be presented with an option to Undo the deletion. The Undo button will appear for a few seconds. If you select Undo, the file will be restored to its original location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-delete.page:61 msgid "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in the sidebar and select Empty Trash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-delete.page:66 msgid "Permanently delete a file" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-delete.page:67 msgid "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-delete.page:71 msgid "To permanently delete a file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-delete.page:72 msgid "Select the item you want to delete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-delete.page:73 msgid "Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-delete.page:75 msgid "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-delete.page:79 msgid "Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-disc-write.page:19 msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-disc-write.page:23 msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:25 msgid "You can put files onto a blank disc by using a disc burning application, such as Brasero." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-disc-write.page:29 msgid "If the disc wasn’t burned properly" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:31 msgid "Sometimes the computer doesn’t record the data correctly, and you won’t be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:35 msgid "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, for example, 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-hidden.page:30 msgid "Make a file invisible, so you cannot see it in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-hidden.page:34 msgid "Hide a file" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-hidden.page:36 msgid "The Files file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it is not displayed by the file manager, but it is still there in its folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-hidden.page:40 msgid "To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-hidden.page:46 msgid "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder’s name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-hidden.page:51 msgid "Show all hidden files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-hidden.page:53 msgid "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either press the menu button in the sidebar of the window and select Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-hidden.page:58 msgid "To hide these files again, either press the menu button in the sidebar of the window and switch off Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-hidden.page:65 msgid "Unhide a file" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-hidden.page:67 msgid "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file. Press the menu button in the sidebar of the window and select Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it does not have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-hidden.page:74 msgid "Once you have renamed the file, you can either press the menu button in the sidebar of the window and switch off Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-hidden.page:79 msgid "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-hidden.page:84 msgid "Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-lost.page:33 msgid "Follow these tips if you can’t find a file you created or downloaded." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-lost.page:37 msgid "Find a lost file" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-lost.page:39 msgid "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you cannot find it, follow these tips." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-lost.page:43 msgid "If you do not remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-lost.page:47 msgid "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-lost.page:52 msgid "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See to learn how to recover a deleted file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-lost.page:57 msgid "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Press the menu button in the sidebar of the window and enable Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:23 msgid "Open files using an application that isn’t the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-open.page:27 msgid "Open files with other applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-open.page:29 msgid "When you double-click (or middle-click) a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-open.page:34 msgid "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you do not see the application you want, select Open With…. By default, the file manager only shows applications that are known to handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click View All Apps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-open.page:41 msgid "If you still cannot find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find New Apps. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-open.page:47 msgid "Change the default application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-open.page:48 msgid "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-open.page:54 msgid "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a .mp3 file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-open.page:57 msgid "Right-click the file and select Properties." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-open.page:58 msgid "Select the Open With tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-open.page:59 msgid "Select the application you want and click Set as default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-open.page:61 msgid "If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but do not want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-open.page:68 msgid "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-preview.page:26 msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-preview.page:30 msgid "Preview files and folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-preview.page:33 msgid "You need to have Sushi installed on your computer to perform these steps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #. Translators: This button is only shown on Ubuntu, where this link #. format is preferred over 'install:gnome-sushi'. #: C/files-preview.page:36 msgid "Install Sushi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-preview.page:40 msgid "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-preview.page:44 msgid "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-preview.page:48 msgid "To view a preview full-screen, press F or F11. Press F or F11 again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-recover.page:24 msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-recover.page:28 msgid "Recover a file from the Trash" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-recover.page:30 msgid "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Trash, and should be able to be restored." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-recover.page:34 msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-recover.page:36 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-recover.page:40 msgid "Click on Files to open the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-recover.page:43 msgid "Click Trash in the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, press the Show Sidebar button in the top-left corner of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-recover.page:47 msgid "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select Restore From Trash. It will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-recover.page:53 msgid "If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can’t be recovered from the Trash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-recover.page:58 msgid "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it’s probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-removedrive.page:28 msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-removedrive.page:31 msgid "Safely remove an external drive" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:33 msgid "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-removedrive.page:41 msgid "To eject a removable device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:43 msgid "From the Activities overview, open Files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:47 msgid "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:50 #: C/files-removedrive.page:67 msgid "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-removedrive.page:56 msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:58 msgid "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you Volume is busy. To safely remove the device:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:63 msgid "Click Cancel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:64 msgid "Close all the files on the device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:65 msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:71 msgid "You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-rename.page:35 msgid "Change file or folder name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-rename.page:38 msgid "Rename a file or folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-rename.page:40 msgid "As with other file managers, you can use Files to change the name of a file or folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-rename.page:44 msgid "To rename a file or folder:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-rename.page:45 msgid "Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-rename.page:47 msgid "Type the new name and press Enter or click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-rename.page:51 msgid "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the last .). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (for example, file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-rename.page:59 msgid "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the menu button in the sidebar and select Undo Rename, or press CtrlZ, to restore the former name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-rename.page:67 msgid "Valid characters for file names" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-rename.page:69 msgid "You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \\, ?, *, <, \", :, >, /." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-rename.page:77 msgid "If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-rename.page:85 #: C/hardware.page:35 #: C/mouse.page:47 msgid "Common problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-rename.page:89 msgid "The file name is already in use" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-rename.page:90 msgid "You cannot have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-rename.page:93 msgid "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-rename.page:99 msgid "The file name is too long" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-rename.page:100 msgid "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (for example, /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/…), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-rename.page:107 msgid "The option to rename is grayed out" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-rename.page:108 msgid "If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/files-search.page:39 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:40 msgid "Locate files based on file name and type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-search.page:43 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-search.page:45 msgid "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/files-search.page:55 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:57 #: C/files-share.page:53 msgid "Open the Files application from the Activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:61 msgid "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:65 msgid "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name, and they will be shown in the search bar. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word “Invoice”, type invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-search.page:70 msgid "Instead of typing words directly to bring up the search bar, you can click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:78 msgid "You can narrow your results by date, by file type, and by whether to search a file’s full text, or to only search for file names." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:80 msgid "To apply filters, select the drop-down menu button to the left of the file manager’s <_:media-1/> icon, and choose from the available filters:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:86 msgid "When: How far back do you want to search?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:89 msgid "What: What is the type of item?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:92 msgid "Search: Should your search include a full-text search, or search only the file names?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:98 msgid "To remove a filter, select the X beside the filter tag that you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:102 msgid "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:107 msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:115 msgid "Customize files search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-search.page:117 msgid "You may want certain directories to be included or excluded from searches in the Files application. To customize which directories are searched:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:123 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:127 msgid "Select SettingsSearch from the results. This will open the Search Settings panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:131 msgid "Select Search Locations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-search.page:135 msgid "This will open a dialog which allows you toggle directory searches on or off. You can toggle searches in each of the three sections:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:140 msgid "Places: Lists common home directory locations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:143 msgid "Bookmarks: Lists directory locations that you have bookmarked in the Files application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:147 msgid "Other: Lists directory locations that you include via the + button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:18 msgid "Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-select.page:22 msgid "Select files by pattern" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-select.page:24 msgid "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-select.page:31 msgid "* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-select.page:33 msgid "? matches exactly one of any character." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-select.page:36 msgid "For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-select.page:39 msgid "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/files-select.page:42 msgid "Invoice.*" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-select.page:44 msgid "If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/files-select.page:47 msgid "Vacation-???.jpg" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-select.page:49 msgid "If you have photos as before, but you have edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you have edited, select the edited photos with" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/files-select.page:52 msgid "Vacation-???-edited.jpg" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-share.page:26 msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-share.page:30 msgid "Share files by email" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-share.page:42 msgid "You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-share.page:46 msgid "Before you begin, make sure Evolution or Geary is installed on your computer, and your email account is configured." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-share.page:51 msgid "To share a file by email:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-share.page:56 msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-share.page:58 msgid "Right-click the file and select Send to…. An email compose window will appear with the file attached." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-share.page:61 msgid "Click To to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you want to send the file. Fill in the Subject and the body of the message as required and click Send." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-share.page:67 msgid "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl while clicking the files, then right-click any selected file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-sort.page:28 msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-sort.page:31 msgid "Sort files and folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-sort.page:37 msgid "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-sort.page:42 msgid "The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list/grid button in the toolbar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-sort.page:47 msgid "Grid view" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-sort.page:49 msgid "To sort files in a different order, click the view options button in the toolbar and choose A-Z, Z-A, Last Modified, First Modified, Size, or Type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-sort.page:53 msgid "As an example, if you select A-Z, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-sort.page:60 msgid "List view" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-sort.page:62 msgid "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-sort.page:66 msgid "For more sort options, click the view options button in the toolbar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-sort.page:68 msgid "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the view options button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns… and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-sort.page:77 msgid "Ways of sorting files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-sort.page:81 msgid "A-Z" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-sort.page:82 msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-sort.page:85 msgid "Z-A" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-sort.page:86 msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file in reverse order." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-sort.page:89 msgid "Last Modified" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-sort.page:90 msgid "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-sort.page:94 msgid "First Modified" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-sort.page:95 msgid "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from newest to oldest." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/files-sort.page:99 #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:79 #: C/nautilus-list.page:59 msgid "Size" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-sort.page:100 msgid "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/files-sort.page:104 #: C/nautilus-list.page:64 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-sort.page:105 msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/files-templates.page:13 #: C/printing-inklevel.page:14 msgid "Anita Reitere" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-templates.page:27 msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-templates.page:30 msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-templates.page:32 msgid "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-templates.page:38 msgid "Make a new template" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:40 msgid "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:45 msgid "Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder does not exist, you will need to create it first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-templates.page:52 msgid "Use a template to create a document" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:54 msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:57 msgid "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:62 msgid "Choose your desired template from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:65 msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing. You may wish to rename the file when you are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-tilde.page:29 msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-tilde.page:32 msgid "What is a file with a ~ at the end of its name?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-tilde.page:34 msgid "Files with a ~ at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-tilde.page:40 msgid "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the main menu of the Files sidebar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-tilde.page:46 msgid "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/files.page:28 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files.page:30 msgid "Find and manage your files, whether on your computer, on the internet, or in backups." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files.page:37 msgid "Files, folders & search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files.page:40 msgid "Common tasks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files.page:45 msgid "More file-related tasks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files.page:50 msgid "Removable drives and external disks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files.page:55 msgid "Backing up" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files.page:60 msgid "Tips and questions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/get-involved.page:7 msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/get-involved.page:22 msgid "Participate to improve this guide" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/get-involved.page:26 msgid "Submit an issue" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/get-involved.page:28 msgid "This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but are not), you can submit a new issue. To submit a new issue, go to the issue tracker." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/get-involved.page:35 msgid "You need to register, so you can submit an issue and receive updates by email about its status. If you do not already have an account, click the Sign in / Register button to create one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/get-involved.page:40 msgid "Once you have an account, make sure you are logged in, then go back to the documentation issue tracker and click New issue. Before reporting a new issue, please browse for the issue to see if something similar already exists." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/get-involved.page:46 msgid "Before submitting your issue, choose the appropriate label in the Labels menu. If you are filing an issue against this documentation, you should choose the gnome-help label. If you are not sure which component your issue pertains to, do not choose any." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/get-involved.page:51 msgid "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, choose Feature as the label. Fill in the Title and Description sections and click Submit issue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/get-involved.page:55 msgid "Your issue will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/get-involved.page:61 msgid "Contact us" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/get-involved.page:63 msgid "Connect with other GNOME documentation editors in the #docs:gnome.org Matrix room. See the Get help with Matrix page for more information. If you prefer, there is also an IRC channel, #gnome-docs, on the GNOME IRC server. As the people in these rooms are located across the world, it may take a moment to get a response." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/get-involved.page:66 msgid "Alternatively, you can contact the Documentation Team using GNOME Discourse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/get-involved.page:71 msgid "Our wiki page contains useful information how you can join and contribute." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/gnome-classic.page:25 msgid "Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop experience." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/gnome-classic.page:29 msgid "What is GNOME Classic?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:33 msgid "GNOME Classic is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While GNOME Classic is based on modern GNOME technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, such as the Applications and Places menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:41 msgid "GNOME Classic is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While GNOME Classic is based on modern GNOME technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, such as the Applications and Places menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:50 msgid "You can use the Applications menu on the top bar to launch applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/gnome-classic.page:54 msgid "Window list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:56 #: C/shell-introduction.page:239 msgid "The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:59 msgid "The Activities overview is available by clicking the button at the left-hand side of the window list at the bottom." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:62 msgid "To access the Activities overview, you can also press the Super key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:65 msgid "At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current workspace, such as 1 for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/gnome-classic.page:74 msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:77 msgid "GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions available or installed by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #. Translators: Ubuntu only string #: C/gnome-classic.page:83 msgid "You need to have the gnome-shell-extensions package installed to make GNOME Classic available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #. Translators: Ubuntu only string #: C/gnome-classic.page:85 msgid "Install gnome-shell-extensions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/gnome-classic.page:90 msgid "To switch from GNOME to GNOME Classic:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:92 msgid "Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and then choose the right option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:96 #: C/gnome-classic.page:124 msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select Log Out to confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:100 #: C/gnome-classic.page:128 msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/span #: C/gnome-classic.page:103 #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:84 #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:91 #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:94 #: C/net-findip.page:67 #: C/net-findip.page:89 #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:58 #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:61 #: C/net-macaddress.page:57 #: C/net-manual.page:55 #: C/net-manual.page:59 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:57 #: C/net-othersedit.page:77 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:92 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:37 #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48 #: C/printing-name-location.page:61 #: C/printing-name-location.page:96 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:63 msgid "settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:103 msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button in the bottom right corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:107 msgid "Select GNOME Classic from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:110 #: C/gnome-classic.page:137 msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:113 #: C/gnome-classic.page:140 msgid "Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/gnome-classic.page:118 msgid "To switch from GNOME Classic to GNOME:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:120 msgid "Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:131 msgid "Click the options icon in the bottom right corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/gnome-classic.page:134 msgid "Select GNOME from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/gnome-version.page:17 msgid "How to determine which version of GNOME is running." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/gnome-version.page:20 msgid "Determine which version of GNOME is running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/gnome-version.page:22 msgid "You can determine the version of GNOME that is running on your system by going to the About panel in Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/gnome-version.page:41 msgid "A window appears showing information about your system, including your distribution’s name and the GNOME version." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/hardware-auth.page:13 msgid "Use hardware devices to authenticate instead of passwords." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/hardware-auth.page:18 msgid "Fingerprints & smart cards" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:25 msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28 msgid "Media card reader problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:30 msgid "Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36 msgid "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:44 msgid "Open Files from the Activities overview. Does the inserted card appear in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click Files in the top bar and select the Sidebar.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:53 msgid "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, press CtrlL, then type computer:/// and press Enter. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:61 msgid "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:66 msgid "If no cards or drives are shown when browsing the Computer location, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/hardware-driver.page:17 msgid "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/hardware-driver.page:21 msgid "What is a driver?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver.page:23 msgid "Devices are the physical “parts” of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver.page:27 msgid "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver.page:31 msgid "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver is not available, you will not be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver.page:37 msgid "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver.page:41 msgid "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer cannot do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13 msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19 msgid "Screen problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21 msgid "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/hardware.page:14 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/hardware.page:16 msgid "Configure hardware and diagnose problems, including printers, displays, disks, and more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/hardware.page:22 msgid "Hardware & drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/hardware.page:27 msgid "More topics" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/hardware.page:32 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/hardware.page:33 msgctxt "link" msgid "Hardware problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/help-irc.page:7 msgid "Get live support on IRC." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/help-irc.page:19 msgid "IRC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/help-irc.page:20 msgid "IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME users and developers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/help-irc.page:25 msgid "To connect to the GNOME IRC server, use Polari or HexChat." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/help-irc.page:28 msgid "To create an IRC account in Polari, see the Polari documentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/help-irc.page:32 msgid "The GNOME IRC server is irc.libera.chat. If your computer is properly configured you can click on the link to access the gnome channel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/help-irc.page:37 msgid "While IRC is a real-time discussion medium, people tend to not reply immediately, so be patient." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/help-irc.page:42 msgid "Please note the GNOME code of conduct applies when you chat on IRC." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/help-matrix.page:9 #: C/translate.page:24 msgid "Zaria" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/link #: C/help-matrix.page:16 msgid "Matrix homepage" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/help-matrix.page:21 msgid "Chat live with GNOME contributors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/keywords #: C/help-matrix.page:23 msgid "matrix, chat, support, live, community, help" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/help-matrix.page:26 msgid "Get help with Matrix" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/help-matrix.page:28 msgid "Matrix is a modern, open source chat platform. Like email, you can create an account on one of many servers and use any number of clients to connect, including web-based ones." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/help-matrix.page:32 msgid "Choose a client. Matrix maintains a list of popular clients, including the popular Element client and GNOME's own Fractal app." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/help-matrix.page:33 msgid "Create an account. Most clients will guide you through this process, and the account will work on any Matrix client." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/help-matrix.page:34 msgid "Join the #gnome:gnome.org room and ask away." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/help-matrix.page:36 msgid "More information, including how to browse other GNOME rooms, can be found on the GNOME wiki." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/help-matrix.page:40 msgid "Be sure to follow the GNOME code of conduct when chatting on Matrix and other GNOME platforms." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/index.page:7 msgid "A guide for GNOME desktop users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/index.page:9 msgctxt "link" msgid "GNOME Help" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/index.page:10 msgctxt "text" msgid "GNOME Help" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/index.page:11 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Help" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/index.page:16 msgid "GNOME Help" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23 #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:20 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:19 #: C/keyboard.page:20 msgid "Julita Inca" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:37 msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:41 msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43 msgid "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:58 msgid "In the Typing Assist section, switch the Cursor Blinking switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:62 msgid "Use the Blink Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:15 #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:25 msgid "The Menu key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather than with a right-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29 msgid "What is the Menu key?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:31 msgid "The Menu key, also known as the Application key, is a key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the Ctrl key, but it can be placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. It is usually depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <_:media-1/>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:45 msgid "The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button is not present." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:50 msgid "The Menu key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards include a Menu function key that can be activated in combination with the Function (Fn) key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:55 msgid "The context menu is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the area that you right-clicked. When you use the Menu key, the context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at the point when the key is pressed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25 msgid "The Super key opens the Activities overview. You can usually find it next to the Alt key on your keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:30 msgid "What is the Super key?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:32 msgid "When you press the Super key, the Activities overview is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a Windows logo on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key or system key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:38 msgid "If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a ⌘ (Command) key instead of the Windows key, while Chromebooks have a magnifying glass instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:43 msgid "To change which key is used to display the Activities overview:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:71 #: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "Click Keyboard in the sidebar to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:58 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:74 msgid "In the Keyboard Shortcuts section, select View and Customize Shortcuts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:61 msgid "Select the System category." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:64 msgid "Click the row with Show the activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-key-super.page:67 msgid "Hold down the desired key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:29 #: C/prefs-sharing.page:15 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24 #: C/printing-name-location.page:18 #: C/printing-name-location.page:23 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:26 #: C/printing-to-file.page:15 #: C/privacy.page:21 #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:31 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:26 #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24 #: C/user-autologin.page:16 msgid "2013" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:44 msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:46 msgid "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:55 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 msgid "Select SettingsKeyboard from the results. This will open the Keyboard panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 msgid "Click the + Add Input Source… button in the Input Sources section, select the language which is associated with the layout, then select a layout and press Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "If there are multiple user accounts on your system, there is a separate section for the Login Screen in the Region & Language panel in the System panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not available by default when you click the + Add Input Source… button. To make also those input sources available you can open a Terminal window and run this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by clicking the <_:media-1/> button next to the language in the Input Sources list and selecting View Keyboard Layout." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:89 msgid "Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify those languages because they have a <_:media-1/> icon next to them in the Add an Input Source dialog. If you want to access these extra parameters, click the <_:media-2/> button next to the language in the Input Sources list and select Preferences which will give you access to the extra settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you’re writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the Options button to select how you want to manage multiple layouts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 msgid "The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as en for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:113 msgid "The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the Input Source Keyboard Shortcuts. These shortcuts open the Input Source chooser where you can move forward and backward. By default, you can switch to the next input source with SuperSpace and to the previous one with ShiftSuperSpace. You can change these shortcuts in the Keyboard settings under Keyboard ShortcutsView and Customize ShortcutsTyping." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5='1393ed6c6d43813439ddd74bac2707bb'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-nav.page:34 msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-nav.page:37 msgid "Keyboard navigation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:47 msgid "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:53 msgid "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-nav.page:59 msgid "Navigate user interfaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:61 msgid "Tab and" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:62 msgid "CtrlTab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:65 msgid "Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:70 msgid "Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:74 msgid "Arrow keys" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:76 msgid "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or grid view, or select a radio button from a group." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:82 msgid "CtrlArrow keys" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:83 msgid "In a list or grid view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:87 msgid "ShiftArrow keys" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:88 msgid "In a list or grid view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:90 msgid "In a tree view, items that have children can be expanded or collapsed, to show or hide their children: expand by pressing Shift→, and collapse by pressing Shift←." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:96 msgid "Space" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:97 msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:101 msgid "CtrlSpace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:102 msgid "In a list or grid view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:106 msgid "Alt" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:107 msgid "Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:113 msgid "Esc" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:114 msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:117 msgid "F10" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:118 msgid "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:122 msgid "ShiftF10 or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:123 msgid "Menu" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:125 msgid "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:130 msgid "CtrlF10" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:131 msgid "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:135 msgid "CtrlPageUp" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:136 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128 msgid "and" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:137 msgid "CtrlPageDown" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:138 msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-nav.page:144 msgid "Navigate the desktop" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:161 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267 msgid "AltF6" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:162 msgid "Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the Alt key and press F6 until the window you want is highlighted, then release Alt. This is similar to the Alt` feature." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:168 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73 msgid "AltEsc" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:169 msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:172 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:152 msgid "SuperV" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:173 msgid "Open the notification list. Press Esc to close." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-nav.page:179 msgid "Navigate windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:181 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405 msgid "AltF4" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:182 msgid "Close the current window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:185 msgid "AltF5 or Super↓" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:187 msgid "Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use AltF10 to maximize. AltF10 both maximizes and restores." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:193 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429 msgid "AltF7" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:194 msgid "Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:200 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441 msgid "AltF8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:201 msgid "Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:216 msgid "AltF10 or Super↑" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:219 msgid "Maximize a window. Press AltF10 or Super↓ to restore a maximized window to its original size." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:225 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409 msgid "SuperH" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:226 msgid "Minimize a window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:229 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461 msgid "Super←" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:230 msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its previous size. Press Super→ to switch sides." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:236 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:465 msgid "Super→" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:237 msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its previous size. Press Super← to switch sides." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:243 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401 msgid "AltSpace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:244 msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/keyboard-osk.page:16 #: C/remote-login.page:19 msgid "Jeremy Bicha" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-osk.page:32 msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse or a touchscreen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-osk.page:40 msgid "If you do not have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the on-screen keyboard to enter text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/keyboard-osk.page:44 msgid "The on-screen keyboard is automatically enabled if you use a touchscreen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-osk.page:60 msgid "Switch the Screen Keyboard switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-osk.page:64 msgid "When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-osk.page:67 msgid "Press the ?123 button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are available if you then press the =/< button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, press the ABC button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/span #: C/keyboard-osk.page:73 msgid "down" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-osk.page:72 msgid "You can press the <_:media-1/> button to hide the keyboard temporarily. The keyboard will show again automatically when you next press on something where you can use it. On a touchscreen, you can also pull up the keyboard by dragging up from the bottom edge." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/span #: C/keyboard-osk.page:79 msgid "flag" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-osk.page:78 msgid "Press the <_:media-1/> button to change your settings for Language or Input Sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:37 msgid "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41 msgid "Manage repeated key presses" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 msgid "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating, or how quickly key presses repeat." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:61 msgid "In the Typing Assist section, switch the Repeat Keys switch to off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:62 msgid "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41 msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:60 msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77 msgid "Select the desired category, or enter a search term." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80 msgid "Click the row for the desired action. The Set shortcut window will be shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to reset, or press Esc to cancel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:91 msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:92 msgid "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped into these categories:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:98 msgid "Decrease text size" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:99 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:103 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:111 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:168 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:271 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:457 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102 msgid "High contrast on or off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:106 msgid "Increase text size" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110 msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:114 msgid "Turn screen reader on or off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115 msgid "AltSuperS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118 msgid "Turn zoom on or off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:119 msgid "AltSuper8" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122 msgid "Zoom in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:123 msgid "AltSuper=" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126 msgid "Zoom out" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:127 msgid "AltSuper-" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:132 msgid "Launchers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134 msgid "Home folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135 msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or Explorer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138 msgid "Launch calculator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139 msgid "<_:media-1/> or Calculator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142 msgid "Launch email client" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143 msgid "<_:media-1/> or Mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146 msgid "Launch help browser" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150 msgid "Launch web browser" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151 msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or WWW" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155 msgid "<_:media-1/> or Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159 msgid "Tools" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:165 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167 msgid "Hide all normal windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171 msgid "Move to workspace on the left" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:172 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115 msgid "SuperPage Up" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175 msgid "Move to workspace on the right" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:176 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118 msgid "SuperPage Down" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179 msgid "Move window one monitor down" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180 msgid "ShiftSuper↓" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183 msgid "Move window one monitor to the left" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:184 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136 msgid "ShiftSuper←" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187 msgid "Move window one monitor to the right" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140 msgid "ShiftSuper→" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191 msgid "Move window one monitor up" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192 msgid "ShiftSuper↑" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195 msgid "Move window one workspace to the left" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196 msgid "ShiftSuper Page Up" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200 msgid "Move window one workspace to the right" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:201 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129 msgid "ShiftSuperPage Down" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204 msgid "Move window to last workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:205 msgid "ShiftSuperEnd" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:209 msgid "Move window to workspace 1" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210 msgid "ShiftSuperHome" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214 msgid "Move window to workspace 2" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218 msgid "Move window to workspace 3" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222 msgid "Move window to workspace 4" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:226 msgid "Switch applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58 msgid "SuperTab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:230 msgid "Switch system controls" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81 msgid "CtrlAltTab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:234 msgid "Switch system controls directly" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235 msgid "CtrlAltEsc" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:238 msgid "Switch to last workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239 msgid "SuperEnd" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:242 msgid "Switch to workspace 1" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243 msgid "SuperHome" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:246 msgid "Switch to workspace 2" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:250 msgid "Switch to workspace 3" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:254 msgid "Switch to workspace 4" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:258 msgid "Switch windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:262 msgid "Switch windows directly" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:266 msgid "Switch windows of an app directly" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:270 msgid "Switch windows of an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276 msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:278 msgid "Save a screenshot of a window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:196 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:198 msgid "AltPrint" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:282 msgid "Save a screenshot of the entire screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:200 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:203 msgid "ShiftPrint" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:286 msgid "Launch the screenshot tool" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:194 msgid "Print" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:290 msgid "Record a short screencast" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291 msgid "ShiftCtrlAltR " msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:297 msgid "Sound and Media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299 msgid "Eject" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300 msgid "<_:media-1/> (Eject)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303 msgid "Launch media player" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304 msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio media)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:307 msgid "Microphone mute/unmute" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311 msgid "Next track" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312 msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio next)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:315 msgid "Pause playback" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316 msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio pause)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:319 msgid "Play (or play/pause)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320 msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio play)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:323 msgid "Previous track" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324 msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio previous)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:327 msgid "Stop playback" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328 msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio stop)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:331 msgid "Volume down" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332 msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio lower volume)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:335 msgid "Volume mute" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336 msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio mute)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:339 msgid "Volume up" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340 msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio raise volume)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:347 msgid "Focus the active notification" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348 msgid "SuperN" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:351 msgid "Lock screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:148 msgid "SuperL" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:355 msgid "Show the Power Off dialog" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144 msgid "CtrlAltDelete" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:359 msgid "Restore the keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360 msgid "SuperEsc" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:363 msgid "Show all applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110 msgid "SuperA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:367 msgid "Show the activities overview" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:368 msgid "Super" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:371 msgid "Show the notification list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:375 msgid "Show the system menu" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376 msgid "SuperS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:379 msgid "Show the run command prompt" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53 msgid "AltF2" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385 msgid "Typing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:387 msgid "Switch to next input source" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388 msgid "SuperSpace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392 msgid "Switch to previous input source" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393 msgid "ShiftSuperSpace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:398 msgid "Windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400 msgid "Activate the window menu" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404 msgid "Close window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408 msgid "Hide window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412 msgid "Lower window below other windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416 msgid "Maximize window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417 msgid "Super↑" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420 msgid "Maximize window horizontally" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424 msgid "Maximize window vertically" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428 msgid "Move window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432 msgid "Raise window above other windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436 msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440 msgid "Resize window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:444 msgid "Restore window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:445 msgid "Super↓" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448 msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:452 msgid "Toggle maximization state" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453 msgid "AltF10" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:456 msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:460 msgid "View split on left" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464 msgid "View split on right" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:472 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:474 msgid "To create your own application keyboard shortcut in the Keyboard settings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479 msgid "Select Custom Shortcuts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:482 msgid "Click the Add Shortcut button if no custom shortcut is set yet. Otherwise click the + button. The Add Custom Shortcut window will appear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:487 msgid "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:494 msgid "Click the Add Shortcut… button. In the Add Custom Shortcut window, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:499 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:503 msgid "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the application itself." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:508 msgid "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, click the row of the shortcut. The Set Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard.page:12 msgid "Select international keyboard layouts and use keyboard accessibility features." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard.page:30 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard.page:33 #: C/prefs-language.page:22 msgid "Region & Language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/look-background.page:17 msgid "April Gonzales" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/look-background.page:45 msgid "Ivan Stanton" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/look-background.page:51 msgid "Choose a style and set a background." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/look-background.page:54 msgid "Change the appearance of your desktop" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-background.page:56 msgid "You can change the look of things that appear on the screen by setting the style preference to light or dark. You can choose an image or wallpaper as your desktop background." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-background.page:61 msgid "Light or Dark Style" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-background.page:62 msgid "To switch between light and dark desktop styles:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:66 #: C/look-background.page:89 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:70 msgid "Click Appearance to open the panel. The currently selected style is shown at the top surrounded by a blue border." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:74 msgid "Click to choose Light or Dark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:77 msgid "The setting is applied immediately." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-background.page:84 msgid "Background" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-background.page:85 msgid "To change the image used for your background:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:93 msgid "Click Appearance to open the panel. The currently selected wallpaper is shown at the top in the preview for the current style." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:97 msgid "There are two ways to change the image used for your backgrounds:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:100 msgid "Click one of the background images which are shipped with the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/look-background.page:103 msgid "Some wallpapers change throughout the day. These wallpapers have a small clock icon in the bottom-right corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:108 msgid "Click Add Picture… to use one of your own photos. By default, the Pictures folder will be opened, since most photo management applications store photos there." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:115 msgid "The settings are applied immediately." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/look-background.page:117 msgid "For another way to set one of your own photos as the background, right-click on the image file in Files and select Set as Wallpaper, or open the image file in Image Viewer, click the menu button in the titlebar and select Set as Wallpaper." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:125 msgid "Switch to an empty workspace to view your entire desktop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:39 msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:41 msgid "The display resolution that is configured may not be the correct one for your screen. To solve this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:53 msgid "Try some of the Resolution options and select the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59 msgid "When multiple displays are connected" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different optimal, or native, resolutions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:70 msgid "Using Mirror mode, you can display the same thing on two screens. Both screens use the same resolution, which may not match the native resolution of either screen, so the sharpness of the image may suffer on both screens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:75 msgid "Using Join Displays mode, the resolution of each screen can be set independently, so they can both be set to their native resolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/look-resolution.page:35 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 msgid "Emanuel Cisár" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/look-resolution.page:41 msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "Change the resolution or orientation of the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-resolution.page:66 msgid "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Select the orientation, resolution or scale, and refresh rate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-resolution.page:82 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-resolution.page:84 msgid "On some devices, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. Click Orientation in the panel and choose from Landscape, Portrait Right, Portrait Left, or Landscape (flipped)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/span #: C/look-resolution.page:92 msgid "rotation lock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/span #: C/look-resolution.page:93 msgid "rotation unlock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/look-resolution.page:90 msgid "If your device rotates the screen automatically, you can lock the current rotation using the <_:media-1/> button at the bottom of the system menu. To unlock, press the <_:media-2/> button" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-resolution.page:99 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-resolution.page:101 msgid "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16∶9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4∶3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion, by adding black bars to the top and bottom or both sides of the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-resolution.page:109 msgid "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-resolution.page:116 msgid "Native Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-resolution.page:118 msgid "The native resolution of a laptop screen or LCD monitor is the one that works best: the pixels in the video signal will line up precisely with the pixels on the screen. When the screen is required to show other resolutions, interpolation is necessary to represent the pixels, causing a loss of image quality." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-resolution.page:127 msgid "Refresh Rate" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-resolution.page:129 msgid "The refresh rate is the number of times per second the screen image is drawn, or refreshed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-resolution.page:133 msgid "Variable refresh rate (VRR)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-resolution.page:134 msgid "For smoother visuals and to optimize power comsumption you can synchronize monitor's refresh rate with content output." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/look-resolution.page:138 msgid "VRR is different from Adaptive V-Sync (late V-Sync), which dynamically toggles V-Sync based on frame rate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-resolution.page:144 msgid "Preferred Refresh Rate" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-resolution.page:145 msgid "Specify your preferred refresh rate to maintain optimal visual quality." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-resolution.page:150 msgid "Scale" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-resolution.page:152 msgid "The scale setting increases the size of objects shown on the screen to match the density of your display, making them easier to read. Choose 100% or 200%." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/media.page:20 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/media.page:21 msgid "Manage your sound devices, use your media files, connect to external devices, and more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/media.page:27 msgid "Sound and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/media.page:31 msgctxt "sort" msgid "Sound" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/media.page:32 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Sound" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/media.page:33 msgctxt "link:topic" msgid "Sound" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/media.page:34 msgid "Adjust the volume for different apps, and configure different speakers and microphones." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/media.page:38 msgid "Basic sound" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/media.page:42 msgctxt "link" msgid "Music, video & devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/media.page:43 msgid "Music, video & devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/more-help.page:19 msgid "Get tips on using this guide, and connect with the community for more help." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/more-help.page:26 msgid "Get more help" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35 msgid "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 msgid "Adjust the double-click speed" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 msgid "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you’ll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:58 msgid "Adjust the Double-Click Delay slider to a value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:62 msgid "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:69 #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:57 msgid "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:37 msgid "Use your mouse left-handed" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 msgid "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:46 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:73 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:130 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:171 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:210 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:234 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:48 #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:50 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:134 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:175 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:214 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:238 msgid "Click on Mouse & Touchpad to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:51 msgid "In the General section, click to switch Primary button to Right." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:33 msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, open tabs and more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37 msgid "Middle-click" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:39 msgid "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don’t have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 msgid "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:50 msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "In applications with scrollbars, left-clicking in the empty space of the bar moves the scroll position directly to that place. Middle-clicking moves up to a single page towards that location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 msgid "In the Activities overview, you can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application’s icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the applications overview. The applications overview is displayed using the grid button in the dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:63 msgid "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67 msgid "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73 msgid "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application’s help for middle-click or middle mouse button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 #: C/shell-notifications.page:24 msgid "2013, 2015" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:36 msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the numeric keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer using the keypad" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:50 msgid "You can access the Activities overview by pressing on it, by moving your mouse pointer against the top-left corner of the screen, by using CtrlAltTab followed by Enter, or by using the Super key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:63 msgid "Switch the Mouse Keys switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:66 msgid "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71 msgid "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB or Bluetooth numeric keypads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes called the Menu key. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:89 msgid "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 msgid "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23 msgid "How to check why your mouse is not working." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:26 msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:31 msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:32 msgid "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:36 msgid "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46 msgid "Check that the mouse actually works" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47 msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:49 msgid "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:56 msgid "Checking wireless mice" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:60 msgid "Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can take it with you without it constantly waking up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:64 msgid "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:67 msgid "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:74 msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:79 msgid "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84 msgid "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:90 msgid "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:98 msgid "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35 msgid "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 msgid "Adjust the speed of the mouse and touchpad" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 msgid "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:53 msgid "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device are not the best for the other." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 msgid "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad, while the Mouse section is only visible when a mouse is connected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 msgid "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52 msgid "Touchpad gestures are covered separately." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Secondary click" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can customize your touchpad's secondary click (right click) action." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 msgid "Two-Finger Push: Push anywhere with 2 fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 msgid "Corner Push: Push with a single finger in the corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:71 msgid "Select Secondary Click Method" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:77 msgid "Click Mouse & Touchpad to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 msgid "Click Touchpad in the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:83 msgid "In the Clicking section, choose the preferred click method." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:90 msgid "Tap to click" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "You can tap your touchpad to click instead of using a button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104 msgid "To drag an item, double-tap but don’t lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:109 msgid "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:115 msgid "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:122 msgid "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they’re a single finger." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:128 msgid "Enable Tap to Click" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:137 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:178 #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:217 msgid "In the Touchpad section, make sure the Touchpad switch is set to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:140 msgid "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:145 msgid "Switch the Tap to Click switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:151 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:155 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:157 msgid "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. Move your fingers between the top and bottom of your touchpad to scroll up and down, or move your fingers across the touchpad to scroll sideways. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:165 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:169 msgid "Enable Two-finger Scrolling" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:182 msgid "Switch the Two-finger Scrolling switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:188 msgid "Edge scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:192 msgid "Use edge scroll if you want to scroll with only one finger." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:194 msgid "Your touchpad's specifications should give the exact location of the sensors for edge scrolling. Typically, the vertical scroll sensor is on a touchpad's right-hand side. The horizontal sensor is on the touchpad's bottom edge." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:199 msgid "To scroll vertically, drag your finger up and down the right-hand edge of the touchpad. To scroll horizontally, drag your finger across the bottom edge of the touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:204 msgid "Edge scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:208 msgid "Enable Edge Scrolling" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:221 msgid "Switch the Edge Scrolling switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:227 msgid "Natural scrolling" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:229 msgid "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:241 msgid "In the Touchpad section, make sure that the Touchpad switch is set to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:245 msgid "Switch the Natural Scrolling switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:250 msgid "This feature is also known as Reverse Scrolling." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:16 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:21 #: C/translate.page:13 msgid "2011" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:27 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:22 #: C/printing-name-location.page:16 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24 #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22 msgid "Jana Svarova" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:34 msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:37 msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:39 msgid "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to “wake up” before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mouse.page:29 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Mouse" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse.page:30 msgid "Adjust the behavior of pointing devices to meet personal requirements." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse.page:33 msgid "Mouse, Touchpad & Touchscreen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mouse.page:44 msgctxt "link" msgid "Common mouse problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mouse.page:45 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Common problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mouse.page:52 msgctxt "link" msgid "Mouse tips" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mouse.page:53 #: C/net-general.page:21 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Tips" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse.page:55 msgid "Tips" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13 msgid "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be “copy protected”." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17 msgid "I can’t play the songs I bought from an online music store" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19 msgid "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won’t play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS computer and then copied it over." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21 msgid "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed — for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don’t have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23 msgid "If you do have support installed for the song’s audio format but still can’t play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it — you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25 msgid "You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8 msgid "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28 msgid "Sindhu S" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38 msgid "File manager behavior preferences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39 msgid "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click the menu button in the sidebar of the window, select Preferences, then go to the General section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:45 #: C/nautilus-views.page:51 msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48 msgid "Action to Open Items" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:49 msgid "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:58 msgid "Executable text files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59 msgid "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:73 msgid "Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in the ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:81 msgid "Navigate to the desired folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:84 msgid "Select the desired file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:87 msgid "Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:93 msgid "A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:32 msgid "Edit folder bookmarks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34 msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:39 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "Click the current folder in the path bar and then select Add to Bookmarks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45 msgid "You can also drag a folder to the sidebar, and drop it over New bookmark, which appears dynamically." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "Delete a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:54 msgid "Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from Bookmarks from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:60 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:62 msgid "Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:66 msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:69 msgid "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won’t be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-connect.page:29 msgid "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:34 msgid "Browse files on a server or network share" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:44 msgid "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:50 msgid "To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Activities overview, and click Other Locations in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you’re looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:60 msgid "Connect to a file server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:61 msgid "In the file manager, click Other Locations in the sidebar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:64 msgid "In Connect to Server, enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:69 msgid "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:74 msgid "Click Connect. The files on the server will be shown. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:82 msgid "Writing URLs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:84 msgid "A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:87 msgid "scheme://servername.example.com/folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:89 msgid "The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:93 msgid "scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:95 msgid "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:97 msgid "scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:99 msgid "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:103 msgid "Types of servers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:105 msgid "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:108 msgid "You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:111 msgid "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:115 msgid "SSH" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:116 msgid "If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:120 msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:122 msgid "ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:129 msgid "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can’t see it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:133 msgid "FTP (with login)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:134 msgid "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:139 msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:141 msgid "ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:145 msgid "Public FTP" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:146 msgid "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:150 msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:152 msgid "ftp://ftp.example.com/path/" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:154 msgid "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:161 msgid "Windows share" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:162 msgid "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:167 msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:169 msgid "smb://servername/Share" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:173 msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:174 msgid "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you’re connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can’t see your password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:179 msgid "A WebDAV URL looks like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:181 msgid "dav://example.hostname.com/path" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:192 msgid "NFS share" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:193 msgid "UNIX computers traditionally use the Network File System protocol to share files over a local network. With NFS, security is based on the UID of the user accessing the share, so no authentication credentials are needed when connecting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:197 msgid "A typical NFS share URL looks like this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:199 msgid "nfs://servername/path" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-display.page:28 msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-display.page:32 msgid "File manager display preferences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-display.page:34 msgid "You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click the menu button in the sidebar of the window, select Preferences, then go to the Grid View Captions section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-display.page:40 msgid "Icon captions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/nautilus-display.page:43 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5='73fdc7c5671efc4819672db4ee1d1a25'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/nautilus-display.page:44 msgid "File manager icons with captions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-display.page:46 msgid "When you use grid view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-display.page:50 msgid "You can zoom in a folder by pressing the menu button in the sidebar of the window and selecting one of the buttons under Icon Size. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-display.page:56 msgid "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you can use in list view. See for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-display.page:63 msgid "List View" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-display.page:65 msgid "When viewing files as a list, you can display Expandable Folders in List View. This shows expanders on each directory in the file list, so that the contents of several folders can be shown at once. This is useful if the folder structure is relevant, such as if your music files are organized with a folder per artist, and a subfolder per album." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:27 msgid "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32 msgid "File properties" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:34 msgid "To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38 msgid "The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:44 msgid "For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra Properties entry that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:48 msgid "For the Permissions entry see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:52 msgid "Basic properties" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56 msgid "The name of the file or folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:58 msgid "To rename a file, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:62 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:63 msgid "This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can’t open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:69 msgid "To change the default application to open a file type, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:74 msgid "Contents" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:75 msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:80 msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:81 msgid "Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:85 msgid "Free Space" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:86 msgid "This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92 msgid "Parent Folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93 msgid "The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique “address” of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its parent folder would be /home/jim and its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102 #: C/nautilus-list.page:133 msgid "Accessed" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:103 msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107 #: C/nautilus-list.page:125 msgid "Modified" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:108 msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:112 #: C/nautilus-list.page:145 msgid "Created" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:113 msgid "The date and time when the file was created." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:31 msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33 msgid "Set file permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35 msgid "You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select Permissions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:39 msgid "See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:45 msgid "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don’t want to accidentally change it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50 msgid "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file’s group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file’s group to a group you belong to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58 msgid "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file’s group." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61 msgid "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must switch on the Executable as Program switch to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager will still open the file in an application. See for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:68 msgid "Folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69 msgid "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:72 msgid "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:76 msgctxt "permission" msgid "None" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:77 msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:81 msgid "List files only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:82 msgid "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86 msgid "Access files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87 msgid "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:92 msgid "Create and delete files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:93 msgid "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:98 msgid "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files…. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-list.page:38 msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-list.page:41 msgid "Files list columns preferences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:43 msgid "There are several columns of information that you can display in the Files list view.." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:45 msgid "Click the view options button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns… and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:52 #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:53 msgid "The name of folders and files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:55 msgid "The Name column cannot be hidden." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:60 msgid "The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-list.page:69 msgid "Owner" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "Group" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:74 msgid "The group the file is owned by. Each user is normally in their own group, but it is possible to have many users in one group. For example, a department may have their own group in a work environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:80 msgid "Displays the file access permissions. For example, drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:84 msgid "The first character is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder). In rare cases, other characters can also be shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:93 msgid "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "Each permission has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:104 msgid "r: readable, meaning that you can open the file or folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:108 msgid "w: writable, meaning that you can save changes to it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:111 msgid "x: executable, meaning that you can run it if it is a program or script file, or you can access subfolders and files if it is a folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:116 msgid "-: permission not set" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-list.page:121 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:122 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:126 msgid "Gives the date of the last time the file was modified." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-list.page:129 msgid "Modified — Time" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:130 msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:134 msgid "Gives the date or time of the last time the file was accessed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-list.page:137 msgid "Recency" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:138 msgid "Gives the date or time of the last time the file was accessed by the user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-list.page:141 msgid "Detailed Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:142 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:146 msgid "Gives the date and time when the file was created." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Preferences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-prefs.page:12 msgid "View and set preferences for the file browser." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-prefs.page:17 msgid "File manager preferences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-preview.page:28 msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-preview.page:31 msgid "File manager preview preferences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-preview.page:33 msgid "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click the menu button in the top-right of the window, select Preferences, then go to the Performance section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-preview.page:41 msgid "Show Thumbnails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-preview.page:42 msgid "By default, all previews are done for On this computer only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to All files or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to All files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-preview.page:52 msgid "Count Number of Files in Folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-preview.page:53 msgid "If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-preview.page:58 msgid "You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-views.page:39 msgid "Specify the default sort order for files and folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-views.page:43 msgid "Views preferences in Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-views.page:45 msgid "You can change how files and folders are grouped and sorted by default. Press the menu button in the sidebar of the window and select Preferences." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-views.page:54 msgid "Sort Folders Before Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-views.page:55 msgid "By default, the file manager does not show all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-views.page:61 msgid "To change how files are sorted in folders, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-antivirus.page:18 msgid "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don’t need anti-virus software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-antivirus.page:22 msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-antivirus.page:24 msgid "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-antivirus.page:29 msgid "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don’t need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-antivirus.page:36 msgid "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don’t really need to worry about them at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-antivirus.page:39 msgid "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer or search online; a number of applications are available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/net-browser.page:12 #: C/net-email.page:12 #: C/net-general.page:12 #: C/net-problem.page:12 #: C/net-security.page:12 #: C/net-wired.page:14 #: C/net-wireless.page:19 msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-browser.page:17 msgid "Change your default web browser." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-browser.page:20 msgid "Web browsers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-default-browser.page:30 msgid "Change the default web browser by going to Details in Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-default-browser.page:33 msgid "Change which web browser opens websites by default" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-default-browser.page:35 msgid "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. However, if you have more than one browser installed, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-default-browser.page:42 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Apps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-default-browser.page:50 msgid "Choose which web browser you would like to open links by changing the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-default-browser.page:55 msgid "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it’s not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it does not try to set itself as the default browser again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-default-email.page:30 msgid "Change the default email client by going to Default Apps in Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-default-email.page:33 msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. However, if you have more than one mail application installed, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-default-email.page:43 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Apps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-default-email.page:51 msgid "Select Default Apps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-default-email.page:54 msgid "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-email-virus.page:21 msgid "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-email-virus.page:25 msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-email-virus.page:27 msgid "Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-email-virus.page:31 msgid "Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don’t need to scan your email for viruses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-email-virus.page:37 msgid "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it’s unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/net-email.page:15 #: C/net-general.page:15 msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/net-email.page:25 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Email" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-email.page:26 msgid "Set your default app and stay safe with email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-email.page:29 msgid "Email & email software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-findip.page:36 msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "Find your IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-findip.page:41 msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-findip.page:47 msgid "Find your wired connection’s internal (network) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-findip.page:57 msgid "Click on Network in the sidebar to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #. TRANSLATORS: See NetworkManager for 'PCI', 'USB' and 'Ethernet' #: C/net-findip.page:59 msgid "If more than one type of wired connected is available, you might see names like PCI Ethernet or USB Ethernet instead of Wired." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-findip.page:66 #: C/net-findip.page:88 msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button next to the active connection for the IP address and other details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-findip.page:75 msgid "Find your wireless connection’s internal (network) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-findip.page:85 msgid "Click on Wi-Fi in the sidebar to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-findip.page:96 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-findip.page:99 msgid "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-findip.page:103 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-findip.page:106 msgid "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, the internal and external addresses may be the same." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:20 msgid "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23 msgid "Enable or block firewall access" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35 msgid "GNOME does not come with a firewall, so for support beyond this document check with your distribution’s support team or your organization’s IT department. Your computer should be equipped with a firewall that allows it to block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your network. This helps to keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Each program that provides network services uses a specific network port. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you may need to “open” its assigned port on the firewall:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:53 msgid "Go to Activities in the top left corner of the screen and start your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager yourself if you can’t find one (for example, GUFW)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:58 msgid "Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change will depend on the service." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:64 msgid "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by the firewall tool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19 msgid "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:23 msgid "Commonly-used network ports" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25 msgid "This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system’s firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn’t complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:35 msgid "Port" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:48 msgid "5353/udp" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:51 msgid "mDNS, Avahi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:54 msgid "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60 msgid "631/udp" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63 #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74 #: C/printing.page:22 msgid "Printing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66 msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71 msgid "631/tcp" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77 msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83 msgid "5298/tcp" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86 msgid "Presence" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89 msgid "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as “online” or “busy”." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:95 msgid "5900/tcp" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:98 msgid "Remote desktop" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:101 msgid "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:107 msgid "3689/tcp" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:110 msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:113 msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32 msgid "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:36 msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:38 msgid "Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:47 msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:49 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:46 #: C/net-othersedit.page:66 #: C/net-proxy.page:64 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:53 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:50 #: C/net-othersedit.page:70 #: C/net-proxy.page:68 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:66 msgid "Click on Network to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:56 msgid "Find the network connection that you want to have a fixed address. Click the <_:media-1/> button next to the network connection. For a Wi-Fi connection, the <_:media-2/> button will be located next to the active network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:65 #: C/net-manual.page:64 msgid "Select the IPv4 or IPv6 tab and change the Method to Manual." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:69 #: C/net-manual.page:68 msgid "Type in the IP Address and Gateway, as well as the appropriate Netmask." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:73 #: C/net-manual.page:72 msgid "In the DNS section, switch the Automatic switch to off. Enter the IP address of a DNS server you want to use. Enter additional DNS server addresses using the + button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:78 #: C/net-manual.page:77 msgid "In the Routes section, switch the Automatic switch to off. Enter the Address, Netmask, Gateway and Metric for a route you want to use. Enter additional routes using the + button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:84 msgid "Click Apply. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-general.page:22 msgid "Learn about IP address, internet proxies, and how to stay safe on the internet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-general.page:26 msgid "Networking terms & tips" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:32 msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-macaddress.page:35 msgid "What is a MAC address?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:37 msgid "A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:42 msgid "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:45 msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:49 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Network for wired connections or Wi-Fi for wireless connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:54 msgid "Click on Network or Wi-Fi to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:57 msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button next to the active connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:61 msgid "The MAC address for the device will be displayed as the Hardware Address in the Details panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:66 msgid "In practice, you may need to modify or “spoof” a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won’t work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-manual.page:25 msgid "You may have to enter network settings if they don’t get assigned automatically." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-manual.page:30 msgid "Manually set network settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-manual.page:32 msgid "If your network doesn’t automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/net-manual.page:39 msgid "To manually set your network settings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-manual.page:48 msgid "If you plug in to the network with a cable, click Network. Otherwise click Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-manual.page:50 msgid "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-manual.page:54 msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-manual.page:58 msgid "For a Wi-Fi connection, the <_:media-1/> button will be located next to the active network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-manual.page:83 msgid "Click Apply. If you are not connected to the network, open the system menu from the right side of the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-mobile.page:28 msgid "Use your phone or Internet stick to connect to the mobile broadband network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-mobile.page:33 msgid "Connect to mobile broadband" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-mobile.page:35 msgid "You can set up a connection to a cellular (3G) network with your computer’s built-in 3G modem, your mobile phone, or an Internet stick." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-mobile.page:39 msgid "Most phones have a setting called USB tethering that requires no setup on the computer, and is generally the better method to connect to the cellular network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:45 msgid "If you do not have a built-in 3G modem, connect your phone or Internet stick to a USB port on your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:53 msgid "Select Mobile Broadband Off. The Mobile Broadband section of the menu will expand." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-mobile.page:57 msgid "If Mobile Broadband does not appear in the system menu, ensure that your device is not set to connect as Mass Storage." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:61 msgid "Select Connect. If you are connecting for the first time, the Set up a Mobile Broadband Connection wizard is launched. The opening screen displays a list of required information. Click Next." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:65 msgid "Choose your provider’s country or region from the list. Click Next." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:67 msgid "Choose your provider from the list. Click Next." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:69 msgid "Select a plan according to the type of device you are connecting. This will determine the Access Point Name. Click Next." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:72 msgid "Confirm the settings you have selected by clicking Apply. The wizard will close and the Network panel will display the properties of your connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-othersconnect.page:29 msgid "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-othersconnect.page:32 msgid "Other users can’t connect to the internet" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:40 msgid "When you set up a network connection, all other users on your computer will normally be able to use it. If the connection information is not shared, you should check the connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:53 #: C/net-othersedit.page:73 msgid "Select Wi-Fi from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:56 #: C/net-othersedit.page:76 msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button to open the connection details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:61 #: C/net-othersedit.page:81 msgid "Select Identity from the pane on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:64 #: C/net-othersedit.page:84 msgid "At the bottom of the Identity panel, check the Make available to other users option to allow other users to use the network connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:69 #: C/net-othersedit.page:89 msgid "Press Apply to save the changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:73 msgid "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:77 msgid "Any user can change this setting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-othersedit.page:29 msgid "You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the network connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-othersedit.page:32 msgid "Other users can’t edit the network connections" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-othersedit.page:40 msgid "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can’t, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-problem.page:17 msgid "Troubleshoot connectivity issues with wireless and wired networks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:20 msgid "Network problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-proxy.page:37 msgid "A proxy is an intermediary for web traffic, it can be used for accessing web services anonymously, for control or security purposes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-proxy.page:40 msgid "Define proxy settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-proxy.page:43 msgid "What is a proxy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-proxy.page:45 msgid "A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receives requests from your web browser to fetch web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "Change proxy method" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "Select Network proxy from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-proxy.page:74 msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use from:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/net-proxy.page:77 msgctxt "proxy" msgid "None" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-proxy.page:78 msgid "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content from the web." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/net-proxy.page:82 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-proxy.page:83 msgid "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/net-proxy.page:88 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-proxy.page:89 msgid "A URL pointing to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-proxy.page:96 msgid "Applications that use the network connection will use your specified proxy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/net-security-tips.page:13 msgid "Steven Richards" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-security-tips.page:19 msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-security-tips.page:22 msgid "Staying safe on the internet" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:24 msgid "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems, like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:32 msgid "Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:38 msgid "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:42 msgid "Forwarding malicious emails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:45 msgid "Applications with malicious intent (viruses)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:49 msgid "Unauthorized remote/local network access" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:54 msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:58 msgid "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:62 msgid "If a website’s offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:68 msgid "Be careful in providing root level permissions to any application, especially ones that you have not used before or which are not well-known. Providing anyone or anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:75 msgid "Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or RDP running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/net-security.page:17 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-security.page:18 msgid "Understand firewalls, viruses, and other internet security topics." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-security.page:21 msgid "Keeping safe on the internet" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-slow.page:19 msgid "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-slow.page:23 msgid "The internet seems slow" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-slow.page:25 msgid "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-slow.page:28 msgid "Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:34 msgid "Busy time of day" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:35 msgid "Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You’re most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:45 msgid "Downloading lots of things at once" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:46 msgid "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:52 msgid "Unreliable connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:53 msgid "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:59 msgid "Low wireless connection signal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:60 msgid "If you are connected to the internet by wireless (Wi-Fi), check the network icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don’t have a very strong signal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:66 msgid "Using a slower mobile internet connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:67 msgid "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast “mobile broadband” connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:74 msgid "Web browser has a problem" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:75 msgid "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons — you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser’s windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28 msgid "Set up a VPN connection to a local network over the internet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:32 msgid "Connect to a VPN" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34 msgid "A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you’re on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace’s VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel’s internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you’re connecting to without logging in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:44 msgid "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you’re connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, go to the software installer application and search for the NetworkManager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:52 msgid "If there isn’t a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You’ll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58 msgid "To set up the VPN connection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:69 msgid "Click the + button next to the VPN section to add a new connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:73 msgid "Choose which kind of VPN connection you have." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:76 msgid "Fill in the VPN connection details, then press Add once you are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:80 msgid "When you have finished setting up the VPN, open the system menu from the right side of the top bar, click the VPN connection, and select Connect. You may need to enter a password for the connection before it is established. Once the connection is made, you will see a lock shaped icon in the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:88 msgid "Hopefully you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this from the Network panel that you used to create the connection. Select the VPN connection from the list, then press the <_:media-1/> button to review the settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:95 msgid "To disconnect from the VPN, click the system menu on the top bar and click Turn Off under the name of your VPN connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22 msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25 msgid "What is an IP address?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27 msgid "“IP address” stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:30 msgid "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:35 msgid "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:40 msgid "An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses — static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as in the administration of a server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wired-connect.page:25 msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wired-connect.page:29 msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wired-connect.page:33 msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The wired network icon (<_:media-1/>) is displayed on the top bar with three dots while the connection is being established. The dots disappear when you are connected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/net-wired-connect.page:42 msgid "Diagram of an Ethernet cable" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wired-connect.page:45 msgid "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). The Ethernet port is often on the side of a laptop, or near the top of the back of a desktop computer. Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-wired-connect.page:54 msgid "You cannot plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wired-connect.page:60 msgid "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you will have to configure it manually." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wired.page:11 msgid "Use a wired internet connection and set a static IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wired.page:19 msgid "Wired networking" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:33 msgid "Create a wireless hotspot" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:35 msgid "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you’ve made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:56 #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:44 msgid "Select the arrow of Wi-Fi. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:48 msgid "Click All Networks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:61 msgid "Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:63 msgid "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can connect to or create only one network at a time. Click Turn On to confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:69 msgid "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you’ve just created." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:74 msgid "You can also connect to the wireless network by scanning the QR Code on your phone or tablet using the built-in camera app or a QR code scanner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:42 msgid "Using Airplane Mode will completely turn off all wireless connections, including Wi-Fi, 3G and Bluetooth connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:46 msgid "To turn on airplane mode:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:50 #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:41 #: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:54 #: C/power-nowireless.page:54 msgid "Click on Wi-Fi to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:57 msgid "Switch the Airplane Mode switch to on. This will turn off your wireless connection until you disable airplane mode again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:63 msgid "You can turn off your Wi-Fi connection from the system menu by clicking on the connection name and choosing Turn Off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27 msgid "Get on the internet — wirelessly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31 msgid "Connect to a wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:33 msgid "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:43 msgid "Select <_:media-1/> Wi-Fi. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:48 msgid "Click the name of the network you want." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:49 msgid "If the name of the network is not shown, scroll down the list. If you still do not see the network, you may be out of range, or the network might be hidden." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:54 msgid "If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:57 msgid "If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, or in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:62 msgid "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:68 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:74 msgid "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several curved bars above it (<_:media-1/>). More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. Fewer bars mean the connection is weaker and might not be very reliable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:83 msgid "If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer’s wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:90 msgid "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24 msgid "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29 msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31 msgid "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the top bar will display three dots if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38 msgid "Weak wireless signal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40 msgid "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:46 msgid "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:52 msgid "Network connection not being established properly" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54 msgid "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network — it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:61 msgid "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:68 msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:70 msgid "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:80 msgid "Busy wireless networks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:82 msgid "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:23 msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, or you may be trying to connect to a hidden network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-find.page:27 msgid "I can’t see my wireless network in the list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-find.page:29 msgid "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of available networks from the system menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-find.page:34 msgid "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-find.page:48 msgid "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-find.page:53 msgid "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-find.page:58 msgid "The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a wireless network that is not displayed in the network list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:32 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34 msgid "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is “hidden.” Hidden networks won’t show up in the list of wireless networks displayed in the Network settings. To connect to a hidden wireless network:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:50 msgid "Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select Connect to Hidden Network…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:53 msgid "In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network using the Connection drop-down list, or New for a new one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:58 msgid "For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless security from the Wi-Fi security drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:62 msgid "Enter the password or other security details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:65 msgid "Click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:69 msgid "You may have to check the settings of the wireless access point or router to see what the network name is. If you don’t have the network name (SSID), you can use the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier, the access point’s MAC address), which looks something like 02:00:01:02:03:04 and can usually be found on the underside of the access point." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:75 msgid "You should also check the security settings for the wireless access point. Look for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:79 msgid "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don’t know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18 msgid "Double-check the password, and other things to try." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:22 msgid "I’ve entered the correct password, but I still can’t connect" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24 msgid "If you’re sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can’t successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:28 msgid "Double-check that you have the correct password" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29 msgid "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn’t get the case of one of the letters wrong." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:33 msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34 msgid "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way — as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you’re typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:38 msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39 msgid "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won’t connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it — see for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:43 msgid "Check that you’re using the correct type of wireless security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44 msgid "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don’t know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:48 msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:49 msgid "Some wireless cards aren’t supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can’t connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15 msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:24 msgid "Some device drivers don’t work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:28 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27 msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/subtitle #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30 msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:34 msgid "In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:43 msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45 msgid "Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Arch, Fedora or openSUSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58 msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59 msgid "Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are free and open source. This is because they cannot distribute drivers which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or “binary-only” version, it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on the wireless adapter manufacturer’s website to see if they have any Linux drivers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66 msgid "Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find any wireless drivers for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:71 msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:72 msgid "In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:85 msgid "If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24 msgid "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28 msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/subtitle #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29 msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31 msgid "Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:37 msgid "Open a Terminal window, type lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you may need to install the lshw program on your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:42 msgid "Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/code #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45 #, no-wrap msgid "" "*-network\n" " description: Wireless interface\n" " product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n" " vendor: Intel Corporation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51 msgid "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54 msgid "If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63 msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65 msgid "Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71 msgid "Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74 msgid "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/code #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:117 msgid "If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:95 msgid "USB wireless adapter" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:97 msgid "Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (Wi-Fi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:106 msgid "Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:109 msgid "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/code #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:128 msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:130 msgid "PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:136 msgid "Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:140 msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/code #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:142 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tail -f /var/log/messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:143 msgid "This will display a list of messages related to your computer’s hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:148 msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:154 msgid "To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:159 msgid "If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:169 msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:171 msgid "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Arch, Fedora or openSUSE)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:176 msgid "To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution’s website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24 msgid "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/subtitle #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29 msgid "Gather information about your network hardware" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31 msgid "In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40 msgid "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:44 msgid "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48 msgid "The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside or reverse of the device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:53 msgid "Any version or revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:58 msgid "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its “firmware” version, or the components (chipset) it uses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:63 msgid "If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:69 msgid "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25 msgid "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/subtitle #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30 msgid "Perform an initial connection check" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32 msgid "In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn’t caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39 msgid "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:43 msgid "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48 msgid "If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:54 msgid "Open the system menu from the right side of the top bar and select the Wi-Fi network, then select Wi-Fi Settings. Make sure that the Wi-Fi switch is set to on. You should also check that Airplane Mode is not switched on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:62 msgid "Open the Terminal, type nmcli device and press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:64 msgid "This will display information about your network interfaces and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is an item related to the wireless network adapter. If the state is connected, it means that the adapter is working and connected to your wireless router." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:72 msgid "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:78 msgid "If the information from nmcli device did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24 msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29 msgid "This is a step-by-step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33 msgid "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38 msgid "Performing an initial check" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "Gathering information about your hardware" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:44 msgid "Checking your hardware" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:47 msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:50 msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:54 msgid "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:59 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:60 msgid "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:63 msgid "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don’t worry — this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20 msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23 msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25 msgid "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can “listen in” to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:32 msgid "Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:15 msgid "Connect to wireless networks, including hidden networks and networks created from phone tethering." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:30 msgid "Wireless networking" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:26 msgid "Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:31 msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33 msgid "When you turn your computer on, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to a network that you do not want to connect to, follow the steps below." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:39 msgid "To forget a wireless connection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:45 msgid "Find the network that you do not want it to keep connecting to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48 msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button located next to the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:51 msgid "Click the Forget Connection button. Your computer will not try to connect to that network any more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:56 msgid "If you later want to connect to the network that your computer just forgot, follow the steps in ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/net.page:21 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Networking" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net.page:22 msgid "Connect to wireless and wired networks. Stay safe with a VPN. Create a wireless hotspot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net.page:29 msgid "Networking, web & email" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/parental-controls.page:12 msgid "Anthony McGlone" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/parental-controls.page:18 msgid "Set up parental controls for users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/parental-controls.page:21 msgid "Add parental controls" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/parental-controls.page:23 msgid "Parents can use the Parental Controls application to prevent children from accessing harmful content." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/parental-controls.page:25 msgid "An administrator can use this application to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:29 msgid "Restrict a user's access to web browsers and applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:32 msgid "Prevent a user from installing applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:35 msgid "Allow a user to only access age-appropriate applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/parental-controls.page:40 msgid "Parental Controls requires applications to be installed via Flatpak or Flathub." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/parental-controls.page:46 msgid "Restrict web browsers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/parental-controls.page:47 msgid "Parental Controls allows an administrator to disable browser access for a user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:59 #: C/parental-controls.page:109 #: C/parental-controls.page:159 #: C/parental-controls.page:206 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:70 #: C/user-add.page:53 #: C/user-admin-change.page:52 #: C/user-autologin.page:43 #: C/user-changepassword.page:76 #: C/user-changepicture.page:55 #: C/user-delete.page:59 msgid "Select Users to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:62 #: C/parental-controls.page:112 #: C/parental-controls.page:162 #: C/parental-controls.page:209 msgid "Under Other Users, select the user to whom you wish to apply the controls." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:66 #: C/parental-controls.page:116 #: C/parental-controls.page:166 #: C/parental-controls.page:213 msgid "Select Parental Controls." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/parental-controls.page:69 msgid "The option only appears if Parental Controls is installed and enabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:74 #: C/parental-controls.page:124 #: C/parental-controls.page:174 #: C/parental-controls.page:221 msgid "Press the Unlock button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:79 #: C/parental-controls.page:129 #: C/parental-controls.page:179 #: C/parental-controls.page:226 msgid "Enter your password and authenticate to unlock the Parental Controls dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:84 msgid "Toggle the Restrict Web Browsers switch to turn it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/parental-controls.page:91 msgid "Restrict applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/parental-controls.page:92 msgid "Parental Controls provides a list of applications that an administrator can disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/parental-controls.page:94 msgid "Existing applications (which are not installed via Flatpak) will not appear in this list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/parental-controls.page:119 #: C/parental-controls.page:169 #: C/parental-controls.page:216 msgid "The tab only appears if Parental Controls is installed and enabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:134 msgid "Click on Restrict Applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:139 msgid "Toggle the switch next to the application(s) you wish to restrict." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/parental-controls.page:146 msgid "Restrict application installation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/parental-controls.page:147 msgid "Parental Controls allows an administrator to deny installation privileges to a user." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:184 msgid "Toggle the Restrict Application Installation switch to turn it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/parental-controls.page:191 msgid "Restrict applications by age group" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/parental-controls.page:192 msgid "Restrict what applications are visible based on their suitability for a given age group." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/parental-controls.page:231 msgid "Select the age group from the dropdown in Application Suitability." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/power-autobrightness.page:16 #: C/power-autosuspend.page:17 #: C/power-status.page:17 #: C/power-wireless.page:18 msgid "2016" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-autobrightness.page:21 msgid "Automatically control screen brightness to reduce battery use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-autobrightness.page:24 msgid "Enable automatic brightness" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-autobrightness.page:26 msgid "If your computer has an integrated light sensor, it can be used to automatically control screen brightness. This ensures that the screen is always easy to see in different ambient light conditions, and helps to reduce battery consumption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-autobrightness.page:41 msgid "In the Power Saving Options section, ensure that the Automatic Screen Brightness switch is set to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-autobrightness.page:47 msgid "To disable automatic screen brightness, switch it to off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-autosuspend.page:22 msgid "Configure your computer to suspend automatically." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-autosuspend.page:25 msgid "Set up automatic suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-autosuspend.page:27 msgid "You can configure your computer to automatically suspend when idle. Different intervals can be specified for running on battery or plugged in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-autosuspend.page:40 msgid "In the Power Saving Options section, click Automatic Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-autosuspend.page:44 msgid "Choose On Battery Power or Plugged In, set the switch to on, and select a Delay. Both options can be configured." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-autosuspend.page:49 msgid "On a desktop computer, there is one option labeled When Idle." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:15 msgid "The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:37 msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:39 msgid "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:44 msgid "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching high-definition video or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51 msgid "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:55 msgid "As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:60 msgid "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:63 msgid "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-batterylife.page:39 msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-batterylife.page:42 msgid "Use less power and improve battery life" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:44 msgid "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-batterylife.page:48 msgid "General tips" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:52 msgid "Suspend your computer when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:57 msgid "Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:63 msgid "Use the Power panel in Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically blank the screen after a certain time, enable the Automatic Power Saver mode when the battery is low, and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:72 msgid "Reduce the screen brightness." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:75 msgid "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-batterylife.page:83 msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:87 msgid "Reduce the screen brightness. Powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power consumption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:90 msgid "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:94 msgid "If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless or Bluetooth cards. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:97 msgid "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-batterylife.page:106 msgid "More advanced tips" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:110 msgid "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:112 msgid "Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet or play music or movies can impact your power consumption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11 msgid "Tips such as “Do not let the battery charge get too low”." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29 msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31 msgid "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37 msgid "Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44 msgid "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48 msgid "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery — always buy replacements when you need them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55 msgid "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-batteryslow.page:7 msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-batteryslow.page:25 msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryslow.page:27 msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryslow.page:32 msgid "This feature is called CPU frequency scaling." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-batterywindows.page:15 msgid "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-batterywindows.page:33 msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batterywindows.page:35 msgid "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batterywindows.page:42 msgid "Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batterywindows.page:48 msgid "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-closelid.page:31 msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-closelid.page:35 msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-closelid.page:37 msgid "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned off — it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-closelid.page:44 msgid "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-closelid.page:52 msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-closelid.page:55 msgid "These instructions will only work if you are using systemd. Contact your distribution for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-closelid.page:60 #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:37 msgid "You need to have Tweaks installed on your computer to change this setting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: if/p #: C/power-closelid.page:63 #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:40 msgid "Install Tweaks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-closelid.page:68 msgid "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the setting for that behavior." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-closelid.page:72 msgid "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-closelid.page:79 #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:48 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Tweaks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-closelid.page:83 #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:52 msgid "Click Tweaks to open the application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-closelid.page:86 msgid "Select the General tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-closelid.page:89 msgid "Switch the Suspend when laptop lid is closed switch to off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-closelid.page:93 msgid "Close the Tweaks window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-constantfan.page:10 msgid "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-constantfan.page:21 msgid "The laptop fan is always running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-constantfan.page:23 msgid "If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-constantfan.page:29 msgid "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-constantfan.page:37 msgid "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11 msgid "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21 msgid "My computer gets really hot" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23 msgid "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28 msgid "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It is generally nothing to worry about — computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:36 msgid "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too — if kept in confined spaces (for example, in a cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:49 msgid "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:56 msgid "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-lowpower.page:11 msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:32 msgid "Why did my computer turn off when the battery got to 10%?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:34 msgid "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically turn off. It does this to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:40 msgid "Bear in mind that when your computer automatically turns off, your applications and documents are not saved. To avoid losing your work, save it before the battery gets too low." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:32 msgid "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and does not resume properly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-nowireless.page:36 msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-nowireless.page:38 msgid "If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-nowireless.page:45 msgid "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "Switch the Wi-Fi switch at the top-right of the window to off and then on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-nowireless.page:61 msgid "If the wireless still does not work, switch the Airplane Mode switch to on and then switch it off again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-nowireless.page:66 msgid "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again. If you are still having problems after that, connect to the internet using an Ethernet cable and update your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-othercountry.page:7 msgid "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-othercountry.page:25 msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-othercountry.page:27 msgid "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-othercountry.page:32 msgid "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-othercountry.page:37 msgid "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer’s power supply, if there is one. Many computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked “110V” or “230V” (for example). Switch it if you need to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-othercountry.page:46 msgid "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/power-percentage.page:17 #: C/power-profile.page:15 #: C/status-icons.page:55 msgid "2021" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-percentage.page:22 msgid "Display the battery percentage in the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-percentage.page:25 msgid "Show the battery status as a percentage" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-percentage.page:27 msgid "The status icon in the top bar shows the charge level of the main internal battery, and whether it is currently charging or not. It can also display the charge as a percentage." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/power-percentage.page:34 msgid "Display the battery percentage in the top bar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-percentage.page:44 msgid "Switch the Show Battery Percentage switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-profile.page:20 msgid "Balance performance and battery usage." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-profile.page:23 msgid "Choose a power profile" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-profile.page:25 msgid "You can manage power usage by choosing a Power Mode. There are three possible profiles:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-profile.page:30 msgid "Performance: High performance and power usage. This mode will only be visible if it is supported by your computer. It will be selectable if your computer is running on AC power. If your device supports lap detection, you will not be able to select this option if the device is running on someone's lap." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-profile.page:37 msgid "Balanced: Standard performance and power usage. This is the default setting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-profile.page:41 msgid "Power Saver: Reduced performance and power usage. This setting maximizes battery life. It may enable some power saving options, such as aggressively dimming the screen, and prevent those from being switched off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/power-profile.page:48 msgid "To choose a power profile:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-profile.page:57 msgid "In the Power Mode section, choose one of the profiles." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-status.page:22 msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-status.page:25 msgid "Check the battery status" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/power-status.page:29 msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-status.page:36 msgid "Click Power to open the panel. The status of Batteries and known Devices is displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-status.page:42 msgid "If an internal battery is detected, the Batteries section displays the status of one or more laptop batteries. The indicator bar shows the percent charged, as well as time until fully charged if plugged in, and time remaining when running on battery power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-status.page:59 msgid "The Devices section displays the status of connected devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-status.page:62 msgid "The status icon in the top bar shows the charge level of the main internal battery, and whether it is currently charging or not. The battery indicator in the system menu shows the charge as a percentage. The top bar icon can also be configured to display the percentage." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-suspendfail.page:13 msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-suspendfail.page:27 msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:29 msgid "If you suspend your computer, then try to resume it, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend is not supported properly by your hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-suspendfail.page:34 msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:35 msgid "If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it once)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:39 msgid "If this still does not help, make sure that your computer’s monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:41 msgid "As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:44 msgid "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:47 msgid "If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-suspendfail.page:53 msgid "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:55 msgid "If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not properly support suspend. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:61 msgid "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:65 msgid "If you cannot turn off or unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-suspend.page:9 msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-suspend.page:25 msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-suspend.page:33 msgid "When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-suspend.page:40 msgid "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/power-suspend.page:46 msgid "Always save your work before suspending" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-suspend.page:47 msgid "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-whydim.page:29 msgid "The screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-whydim.page:32 msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-whydim.page:40 msgid "If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, it will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-whydim.page:44 msgid "To stop the screen from dimming itself:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-whydim.page:55 msgid "Switch the Dim Screen switch to off in the Power Saving Options section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-whydim.page:60 msgid "The screen will always dim, and dim more aggressively when choosing the “Power Saver” power mode. If you donʼt want the screen to dim at all, select the “Balanced” power mode instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12 msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21 msgid "My computer will not turn on" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:23 msgid "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34 msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:35 msgid "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is removable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44 msgid "Problem with the computer hardware" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:45 msgid "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory or RAM) and a faulty motherboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52 msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:53 msgid "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer’s motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63 msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64 msgid "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:66 msgid "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-wireless.page:23 msgid "Bluetooth, wi-fi and mobile broadband can be switched off to reduce battery use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-wireless.page:26 msgid "Switch off unused wireless technologies" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-wireless.page:28 msgid "You can reduce battery use by switching off bluetooth, wi-fi or mobile broadband when they are not in use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-wireless.page:34 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Wi-Fi or Bluetooth, respectively." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-wireless.page:38 msgid "Click Wi-Fi to open the panel, or Bluetooth, respectively." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-wireless.page:41 msgid "In the header bar, switch the unused services to off. Re-enable when needed by switching to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/power.page:13 msgid "Natalia Ruz" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/power.page:23 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Power" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power.page:24 msgid "View your battery status and change power saving settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power.page:27 msgid "Power & battery" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power.page:35 msgid "Power saving settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power.page:39 msgid "Questions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/power.page:45 msgctxt "link" msgid "Power problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power.page:47 msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/prefs-display.page:19 msgid "Set your background, configure monitors, and manage color temperatures." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/prefs-display.page:25 msgid "Display & screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/prefs-language.page:17 msgid "Set your preferred languages, regions, formats, and keyboard layouts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/prefs-sharing.page:20 msgid "Share your screen, or share media and other files over a local network or Bluetooth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/prefs-sharing.page:24 msgid "Sharing Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/prefs-sharing.page:26 msgid "The Sharing Settings help you control what is shared over the local network, or through other technologies such as Bluetooth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/prefs.page:8 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/prefs.page:15 msgid "From hardware control to privacy settings, make GNOME work for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/prefs.page:21 msgid "User & system settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-2sided.page:23 msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-2sided.page:26 msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-2sided.page:28 msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-2sided.page:32 #: C/printing-differentsize.page:38 #: C/printing-select.page:28 #: C/printing-to-file.page:35 msgid "Open the print dialog by pressing CtrlP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-2sided.page:36 msgid "Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-2sided.page:39 msgid "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It is a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-2sided.page:43 msgid "You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-2sided.page:49 msgid "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:23 msgid "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) from a PDF using normal A4/Letter-size paper." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27 msgid "Print a booklet on a double-sided printer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:29 msgid "You can make a folded booklet (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:33 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29 msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:30 #: C/printing-booklet.page:27 msgid "If you want to print a booklet from a LibreOffice document, first export it to a PDF by choosing FileExport as PDF…. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40 msgid "To print a booklet:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:81 msgid "Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through Print in the menu or using the CtrlP keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:49 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46 msgid "Click the Properties… button" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:47 msgid "In the Orientation drop-down list, make sure that Landscape is selected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52 msgid "In the Duplex drop-down list, select Short Edge." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:54 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:49 msgid "Click OK to go back to the print dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52 msgid "Under Range and Copies, choose Pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53 msgid "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:62 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55 msgid "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:64 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:59 msgid "Examples:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:66 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60 msgid "4 page booklet: Type 4,1,2,3" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:67 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61 msgid "8 page booklet: Type 8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:68 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64 msgid "20 page booklet: Type 20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:73 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:86 msgid "Choose the Page Layout tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:74 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69 msgid "Under Layout, select Brochure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:75 msgid "Under Page Sides, in the Include drop-down list, select All pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:79 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:74 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:91 msgid "Click Print." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23 msgid "Print a booklet from a PDF using a single-sided printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:26 msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37 msgid "To print:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:57 msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:62 msgid "12 page booklet: Type 12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63 msgid "16 page booklet: Type 16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:70 msgid "Under Page Sides, in the Include drop-down list, select Front sides / right pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77 msgid "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:87 msgid "Under Page Sides, in the Include drop-down list, select Back sides / left pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-booklet.page:19 msgid "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-booklet.page:23 msgid "Print a booklet" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-booklet.page:25 msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-booklet.page:33 msgid "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet.page:39 msgid "Create a LibreOffice document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet.page:43 msgid "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing File Export as PDF…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-booklet.page:47 msgid "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler or PDF Mod, placing the blank pages at the end." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-booklet.page:53 msgid "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29 msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32 msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:34 msgid "You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38 msgid "Cancel a print job" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:40 msgid "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 msgid "How to cancel a print job:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:85 #: C/printing-name-location.page:49 #: C/printing-name-location.page:84 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:51 #: C/printing-setup.page:76 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Printers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:50 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:89 #: C/printing-name-location.page:53 #: C/printing-name-location.page:88 msgid "Click Printers to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:53 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:92 msgid "Click the button next to the printer which shows the number of jobs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:56 msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:60 msgid "If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the cancel button on your printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:63 msgid "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that will not cancel, remove the paper from the printer’s paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70 msgid "Be careful that you don’t damage the printer when removing the paper, though. If you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:78 msgid "Pause and release a print job" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:80 msgid "If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:95 msgid "Pause or release the print job by clicking the corresponding button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-differentsize.page:27 msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-differentsize.page:30 msgid "Change the paper size when printing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-differentsize.page:32 msgid "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-differentsize.page:42 msgid "Select the Page Setup tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-differentsize.page:45 msgid "Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-differentsize.page:49 msgid "Click Print to print your document." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-differentsize.page:53 msgid "You can also use the Orientation drop-down list to choose a different orientation:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/printing-differentsize.page:57 msgid "Portrait" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/printing-differentsize.page:58 msgid "Landscape" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/printing-differentsize.page:59 msgid "Reverse portrait" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/printing-differentsize.page:60 msgid "Reverse landscape" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-envelopes.page:23 msgid "Make sure that you have the envelope the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-envelopes.page:27 msgid "Print envelopes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-envelopes.page:29 msgid "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing-envelopes.page:34 msgid "Printing onto envelopes" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-envelopes.page:36 msgid "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-envelopes.page:38 msgid "The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. Press CtrlP to open the Print dialog, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as “Envelope” if you can. If you cannot do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (for example, C5). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-envelopes.page:46 msgid "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer’s in-tray. Check the printer’s manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-envelopes.page:52 msgid "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer’s manual to see if it accepts envelopes. Otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-inklevel.page:20 msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-inklevel.page:23 msgid "How can I check my printer’s ink or toner levels?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-inklevel.page:25 msgid "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-inklevel.page:29 msgid "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-inklevel.page:32 msgid "Some printers report toner or ink levels to the computer, which can be found in the Printers panel in Settings. The ink level will be shown with the printer details if it is available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-inklevel.page:36 msgid "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-inklevel.page:40 msgid "Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mtink." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-inklevel.page:47 msgid "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-name-location.page:28 msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-name-location.page:32 msgid "Change the name or location of a printer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-name-location.page:34 msgid "You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-name-location.page:38 msgid "You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or location of a printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing-name-location.page:43 msgid "Change printer name" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-name-location.page:45 msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-name-location.page:56 #: C/printing-name-location.page:91 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58 #: C/printing-setup.page:83 msgid "Depending on your system, you may have to press Unlock in the top right corner and type in your password when prompted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-name-location.page:61 #: C/printing-name-location.page:96 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:63 msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button next to the printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-name-location.page:65 #: C/printing-name-location.page:100 msgid "Select Printer Details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-name-location.page:68 msgid "Enter a new name for the printer in the Name field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-name-location.page:71 #: C/printing-name-location.page:106 #: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 msgid "Close the dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing-name-location.page:78 msgid "Change printer location" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-name-location.page:80 msgid "To change the location of your printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-name-location.page:103 msgid "Enter a new location for the printer in the Location field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-order.page:23 msgid "Collate and reverse the print order." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-order.page:26 msgid "Make pages print in a different order" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing-order.page:29 msgid "Reverse" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-order.page:31 msgid "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/printing-order.page:36 msgid "To reverse the order:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-order.page:38 #: C/printing-order.page:61 msgid "Press CtrlP to open the Print dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-order.page:42 msgid "In the General tab, under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing-order.page:50 msgid "Collate" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-order.page:52 msgid "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (that is, all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/printing-order.page:59 msgid "To collate:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-order.page:65 msgid "In the General tab, under Copies, check Collate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-paperjam.page:20 msgid "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-paperjam.page:24 msgid "Clearing a paper jam" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-paperjam.page:26 msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-paperjam.page:28 msgid "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer’s panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer’s feeding mechanism." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-paperjam.page:33 msgid "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer’s resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-select.page:19 msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-select.page:22 msgid "Print only certain pages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-select.page:24 msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-select.page:32 msgid "In the General tab, choose Pages from the Range section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-select.page:35 msgid "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-select.page:40 msgid "For example, if you enter “1,3,5-7” in the Pages text box, pages 1,3,5,6 and 7 will be printed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/printing-select.page:42 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5='2eceabe52b26c4ee06fac1ce2a79459c'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36 msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39 msgid "Set the default printer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:41 msgid "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:45 msgid "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:55 #: C/printing-setup.page:80 msgid "Click Printers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:67 msgid "Select the Use Printer by Default checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:71 msgid "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:38 msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer, or your local network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "Set up a local printer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-setup.page:44 msgid "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer, but some printers connect to your wired or wireless network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:50 msgid "If your printer is connected to the network, it will not be set up automatically – you should add it from the Printers panel in Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:57 msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:65 msgid "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-setup.page:71 msgid "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "Press the Add Printer… button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:91 msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer and press Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:94 msgid "If your printer is not discovered automatically, but you know its network address, enter it into the text field at the bottom of the dialog and then press Add" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-setup.page:101 msgid "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer window, you may need to install print drivers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-setup.page:109 msgid "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:20 msgid "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-streaks.page:24 msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:27 msgid "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that should not be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink or toner supply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/printing-streaks.page:33 msgid "Fading text or images" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:34 msgid "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/printing-streaks.page:38 msgid "Streaks and lines" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:39 msgid "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head. See the printer’s manual for instructions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/printing-streaks.page:44 msgid "Wrong colors" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:45 msgid "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/printing-streaks.page:49 msgid "Jagged lines, or lines are not straight" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:50 msgid "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer’s instruction manual for details on how to do this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-to-file.page:20 msgid "Save a document as a PDF, PostScript or SVG file instead of sending it to a printer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-to-file.page:24 msgid "Print to file" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-to-file.page:26 msgid "You can choose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print from a printer. Printing to file will create a PDF, a PostScript or a SVG file that contains the document. This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine or to share it with someone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/printing-to-file.page:33 msgid "To print to file:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-to-file.page:39 msgid "Select Print to File in the General tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-to-file.page:44 msgid "To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the filename below the printer selection. Click Select or Save once you have finished choosing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-to-file.page:50 msgid "PDF is the default file type for the document. If you want to use a different Output format, select either PostScript or SVG." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-to-file.page:55 msgid "Choose your other page preferences." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-to-file.page:58 msgid "Press Print to save the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:18 msgid "Set up local and network printers. Learn about different printing options like collation and multi-sided printing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/printing.page:31 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Setup" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:33 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/printing.page:38 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Sizes and layouts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:40 msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:46 msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:48 msgid "Printer problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/privacy.page:30 msgid "Lock your screen, remove temporary files, and control access to devices like cameras and microphones." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/privacy.page:34 msgid "Privacy Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/privacy.page:36 msgid "The Privacy & Security Settings help you control whether or not certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these settings to clear your computer usage history and clean out unnecessary files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29 msgid "Stop or limit your computer from tracking your recently-used files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:33 msgid "Turn off or limit file history tracking" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35 msgid "Tracking recently used files and folders makes it easier to find items that you have been working on in the file manager and in file dialogs in applications. You may wish to keep your file usage history private instead, or only track your very recent history." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:41 msgid "Turn off file history tracking" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:43 #: C/privacy-location.page:36 #: C/privacy-purge.page:53 #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:57 #: C/session-screenlocks.page:45 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Privacy & Security." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:47 #: C/privacy-location.page:40 #: C/privacy-purge.page:57 #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:61 #: C/session-screenlocks.page:49 msgid "Select SettingsPrivacy & Security from the results. This will open the Privacy & Security panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:51 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:74 #: C/privacy-purge.page:61 msgid "Click on File History & Trash to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:54 msgid "Switch the File History switch to off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:55 msgid "To re-enable this feature, switch the File History switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:59 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:85 msgid "Use the Clear History… button to purge the history immediately." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:64 msgid "This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about the web sites you visit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:68 msgid "Restrict the amount of time your file history is tracked" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:70 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing File History & Trash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:77 msgid "Ensure the File History switch is set to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:80 msgid "Under File History Duration, select how long to retain your file history. Choose from options 1 day, 7 days, 30 days, or Forever." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/privacy-location.page:22 msgid "Enable or disable geolocation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/privacy-location.page:25 msgid "Control location services" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/privacy-location.page:27 msgid "Geolocation, or location services, uses cell tower positioning, GPS, and nearby Wi-Fi access points to determine your current location for use in setting your timezone and by applications such as Maps. When enabled, it is possible for your location to be shared over the network with a great deal of precision." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/privacy-location.page:34 msgid "Turn off the geolocation features of your desktop" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-location.page:44 msgid "Select Location to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-location.page:47 msgid "Switch the Automatic Device Location switch to off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-location.page:48 msgid "To re-enable this feature, set the Automatic Device Location switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/privacy-purge.page:34 msgid "Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/privacy-purge.page:38 msgid "Purge trash & temporary files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/privacy-purge.page:40 msgid "Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you can also set your computer to automatically do this for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/privacy-purge.page:46 msgid "Temporary files are files created automatically by applications in the background. They can increase performance by providing a copy of data that was downloaded or computed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/privacy-purge.page:51 msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear temporary files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-purge.page:64 msgid "Switch on one or both of Automatically Delete Trash Content or Automatically Delete Temporary Files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-purge.page:68 msgid "Set how often you would like your Trash and Temporary Files to be purged by changing the Automatically Delete Period value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-purge.page:73 msgid "Use the Empty Trash… or Delete Temporary Files… buttons to perform these actions immediately." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/privacy-purge.page:79 msgid "You can delete files immediately and permanently without using the Trash. See for information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:36 msgid "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:40 msgid "Automatically lock your screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:42 msgid "When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your screen, you may wish to have your computer’s screen lock automatically after a set period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren’t using it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:49 msgid "When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using them again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54 msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:65 #: C/session-screenlocks.page:53 msgid "Select Screen Lock to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:68 msgid "Make sure Automatic Screen Lock is switched on, then select a length of time from the Automatic Screen Lock Delay drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:74 msgid "Applications can present notifications to you that are still displayed on your lock screen. This is convenient, for example, to see if you have any email without unlocking your screen. If you’re concerned about other people seeing these notifications, switch Lock Screen Notifications to off. For further notification settings, refer to ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:81 msgid "When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press Esc, or swipe up from the bottom of the screen with your mouse. Then enter your password, and press Enter or click Unlock. Alternatively, just start typing your password and the lock curtain will be automatically raised as you type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/quick-settings.page:15 msgid "2023" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/quick-settings.page:40 msgid "Quickly toggle different settings and choose devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/keywords #: C/quick-settings.page:42 msgid "wi-fi, bluetooth, background" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/quick-settings.page:45 msgid "Quick Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/quick-settings.page:47 msgid "The Quick Settings buttons in the system menu let you quickly switch available services on or off, and choose Bluetooth devices or Wi-Fi networks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/quick-settings.page:53 msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/media #. (itstool) path: when/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/quick-settings.page:54 #: C/shell-introduction.page:166 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='9d495ef0e70091db5e6b2be61bba9ec8'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/quick-settings.page:55 msgid "Press the Wi-Fi button to switch Wi-Fi off or back on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/quick-settings.page:56 msgid "The button shows the Wi-Fi network that's currently connected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/quick-settings.page:57 msgid "Press <_:media-1/> to show available networks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/quick-settings.page:60 msgid "Select a network to initiate a connection, or select All Networks to open the Wi-Fi settings panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/quick-settings.page:66 msgid "Wired" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/quick-settings.page:67 msgid "Press the Wired button to switch wired networking off or back on. The button shows information about the current wired network connection. Press <_:media-1/> to show more settings. Select Wired Settings to open the Network settings panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/quick-settings.page:77 msgid "Press the Bluetooth button to switch bluetooth off or back on. The button shows the name of the first device, or the number of devices connected. Press <_:media-1/> to show paired and connected Bluetooth devices. Select one to connect or disconnect. Select Bluetooth Settings to open the Bluetooth settings panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/quick-settings.page:87 msgid "Power Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/quick-settings.page:88 msgid "The Power Mode button shows the current power mode setting. Press the button to switch to Power Save or back to the current setting. Press <_:media-1/> to select from all modes. Select Power Settings to open the Power settings panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/quick-settings.page:97 msgid "Toggles" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/quick-settings.page:98 msgid "The other buttons show the current status of Night Light, Dark Style, Airplane Mode, or Keyboard backlight, where available. Press the button to switch on or off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/quick-settings.page:106 msgid "Background Apps" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/quick-settings.page:107 msgid "The number of background applications running on the system is shown at the bottom of the system menu. Click to show a list of these apps. Selecting an application from the list opens a window for that app and removes it from Background Apps. Select App Settings to open the Apps settings panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/remote-login.page:11 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:16 msgid "Marie Stará" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/remote-login.page:13 msgid "2024" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/remote-login.page:16 msgid "Felipe Borges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/remote-login.page:24 msgid "Log in to your device remotely using RDP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/remote-login.page:27 msgid "Log in remotely to your device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/remote-login.page:29 msgid "You can log in to your user account from another device by using a remote desktop connection application. Configure Remote Login to access your device and set the security preferences." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/remote-login.page:33 msgid "If you want to let others to view or control your desktop, see Desktop Sharing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/remote-login.page:46 msgid "Select Remote DesktopRemote Login ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/remote-login.page:50 msgid "Click Unlock and authenticate to change the settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/remote-login.page:53 msgid "To be able to login to your user account remotely, switch on Remote Login." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/remote-login.page:59 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:91 msgid "Connecting" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/remote-login.page:61 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:93 msgid "The How to Connect section displays the Hostname and Port that can be used on the connecting device. Click the button next to each entry if you want to place it in the clipboard. A connection can also be established using your IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/remote-login.page:67 msgid "If Remote Login is switched on, it sets its port number to 3389. If you also use Desktop Sharing, it will use a different port, for example, 3390." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/remote-login.page:75 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:118 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/remote-login.page:77 msgid "The Login Details section displays the user name and password you will need to enter in the client software used for connecting to your user account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/remote-login.page:81 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:124 msgid "Click Verify Encryption to display the encryption fingerprint. Compare it with the value displayed by the client when connecting: they should be identical." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/remote-login.page:88 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:131 msgid "Clients" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/remote-login.page:90 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:133 msgid "To connect to your desktop from another device, the following clients are known to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/remote-login.page:94 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:137 msgid "From Linux:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/remote-login.page:96 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:139 msgid "Remmina, a GTK client, is available as a package in most distributions, and also as a flatpak. Use default settings, particularly Color depth “Automatic” in the connection profile settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/remote-login.page:102 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:145 msgid "Connections, a GTK client, is available as a package in most distributions, and also as a flatpak." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/remote-login.page:105 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:148 msgid "xfreerdp is a command line client available as a package in most distributions. The option /network:auto should be passed to the client on the command line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/remote-login.page:112 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:155 msgid "From Microsoft Windows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/remote-login.page:114 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:157 msgid "mstsc is the built-in Windows client. Default settings are recommended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/remote-login.page:120 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:163 msgid "From Linux, Windows, or macOS:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/remote-login.page:122 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:165 msgid "Thincast is a proprietary client. The Linux version is available as a flatpak. Default settings are recommended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/remote-login.page:132 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:175 msgid "Checking connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/remote-login.page:134 msgid "To check that the connection works, follow the steps below." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/remote-login.page:138 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:178 msgid "In your chosen client, enter the Hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/remote-login.page:141 msgid "Fill in the user name and password for Remote Login." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/screen-shot-record.page:35 msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what is happening on your screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/screen-shot-record.page:39 msgid "Screenshots and screencasts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:42 msgid "Capture all or part of your screen as an image" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:43 msgid "Send it as a file or paste it from the clipboard" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:44 msgid "Save a video of your screen activity" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/screen-shot-record.page:47 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/screenshot-tool.png' md5='724f047c5fe39a7d8549b5fbff162260'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:49 msgid "You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot) or record a video of what is happening on the screen (a screencast). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video files, so you can email them and share them on the web." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/screen-shot-record.page:56 msgid "Take a screenshot" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:60 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:123 msgid "Press the Print key or press the screenshot button in the system menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:64 msgid "The screenshot overlay presents you with handles to select the area to capture, and <_:media-1/> indicates screenshot (still image) mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:69 msgid "Click the pointer button to include the pointer in the screenshot." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:73 msgid "Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot using the handles or the crosshair pointer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:77 msgid "To capture the selected area, click the big round button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:80 msgid "To capture the entire screen, click Screen and then click the big round button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:84 msgid "To capture a window, click Window. An overview of all the open windows is displayed with the active window checked. Click to choose a window and then click the big round button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/screen-shot-record.page:93 msgid "Where do they go?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:97 msgid "A screenshot image is automatically saved in the Pictures/Screenshots folder in your home folder with a file name that begins with Screenshot and includes the date and time it was taken." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:103 msgid "The image is also saved in the clipboard, so you can immediately paste it into an image-editing application or share it on social media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:107 msgid "A screencast video is automatically saved in your Videos/Screencasts folder in your home folder, with a file name that starts with Screencast and includes the date and time it was taken." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/screen-shot-record.page:117 msgid "Make a screencast" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:119 msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:127 msgid "Click <_:media-1/> to switch to screencast mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:131 msgid "Click the pointer button to include the pointer in the screencast." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:135 msgid "Choose Selection or Screen. For Selection, click and drag the area you want for the screencast using the handles or the crosshair pointer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:140 msgid "Click the big round red button to start recording what is on your screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:142 msgid "A red indicator is displayed in the top right corner of the screen when the recording is in progress, showing the elapsed seconds." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:146 msgid "Once you have finished, click the red indicator <_:media-1/> in the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/screen-shot-record.page:159 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:161 msgid "Within the screenshot feature, you can use these keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:166 msgid "S" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:167 msgid "Select area" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:170 msgid "C" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:171 msgid "Capture screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:174 msgid "W" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:175 msgid "Capture window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:178 msgid "P" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:179 msgid "Toggle between show and hide pointer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:182 msgid "V" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:183 msgid "Toggle between screenshot and screencast" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:186 msgid "Enter" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:187 msgid "Capture, also activated by Space or CtrlC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:192 msgid "These shortcuts can be used to bypass the screenshot feature:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:197 msgid "Capture the window that currently has focus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:201 msgid "Capture the entire screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:204 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:208 msgid "ShiftCtrlAltR" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:207 msgid "Start recording a screencast" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-fingerprint.page:36 msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead of typing in your password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/session-fingerprint.page:40 msgid "Log in with a fingerprint" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-fingerprint.page:42 msgid "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/session-fingerprint.page:46 msgid "Record a fingerprint" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/session-fingerprint.page:48 msgid "Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that the system can use it to identify you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/session-fingerprint.page:52 msgid "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a clean, lint-free cloth, and retry." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-fingerprint.page:57 #: C/user-changepassword.page:63 #: C/user-changepicture.page:42 msgid "You need administrator privileges to edit user accounts other than your own." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-fingerprint.page:73 msgid "Press on Disabled, next to Fingerprint Login to add a fingerprint for the selected account. If you are adding the fingerprint for a different user, you will first need to Unlock the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-fingerprint.page:79 msgid "Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then Next." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-fingerprint.page:83 msgid "Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at a moderate speed over your fingerprint reader. Once the computer has a good record of your fingerprint, you will see a Done! message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-fingerprint.page:89 msgid "Select Next. You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved successfully. Select Close to finish." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/session-fingerprint.page:98 msgid "Check that your fingerprint works" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/session-fingerprint.page:100 msgid "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-fingerprint.page:105 msgid "Save any open work, and then log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-fingerprint.page:109 msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form will appear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-fingerprint.page:113 msgid "Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on the fingerprint reader." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:27 msgid "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/session-formats.page:31 msgid "Change date and measurement formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-formats.page:33 msgid "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-formats.page:46 #: C/session-language.page:59 msgid "Select Region & Language to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-formats.page:49 msgid "In the Your Account section, click Formats." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-formats.page:52 msgid "Under Common Formats, select the region and language that most closely matches the formats you would like to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-formats.page:56 msgid "Click Done to save." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-formats.page:59 #: C/session-language.page:75 msgid "Your session needs to be restarted for changes to take effect. Either click Restart…, or manually log back in later." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-formats.page:64 msgid "After you have selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/session-formats.page:70 #: C/session-language.page:93 msgid "If there are multiple user accounts on your system, there is a separate section for the Login Screen in the Region & Language panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-language.page:34 msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/session-language.page:38 msgid "Change which language you use" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-language.page:46 msgid "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-language.page:62 msgid "In the Your Account section, click Language." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/span #: C/session-language.page:67 msgid "…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-language.page:65 msgid "Select your desired region and language. If your region and language are not listed, click <_:media-1/> at the bottom of the list to select from all available regions and languages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-language.page:72 msgid "Click Select to save." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-language.page:80 msgid "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in which the software was originally developed, usually American English." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-language.page:85 msgid "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-screenlocks.page:29 msgid "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Screen Lock settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/session-screenlocks.page:33 msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-screenlocks.page:35 msgid "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/session-screenlocks.page:56 msgid "If Automatic Screen Lock is on, you can change the value in the Automatic Screen Lock Delay drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/session-screenlocks.page:62 msgid "If you don’t ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch the Automatic Screen Lock switch to off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sharing.page:11 msgid "Share your desktop, files, or media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sharing.page:21 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:25 msgid "2014-2015" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:30 msgid "Allow files to be uploaded to your computer over Bluetooth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:33 msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:35 msgid "You can enable Bluetooth sharing to receive files over Bluetooth in the Downloads folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39 msgid "Allow files to be shared into your Downloads folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:48 msgid "Make sure that Bluetooth is switched on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52 msgid "Bluetooth-enabled devices can send files to your Downloads folder only when the Bluetooth panel is open." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sharing-desktop.page:33 msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using RDP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sharing-desktop.page:36 msgid "Share your desktop" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:56 msgid "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another device with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:61 msgid "If you want to log in to your user account remotely, see Remote Login." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:74 msgid "Select Remote Desktop to open the Desktop Sharing panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:78 msgid "To let others view your desktop, switch on Desktop Sharing. This means that others will be able to try and connect to your device and view your screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:83 msgid "To let others interact with your desktop switch on Remote Control. This may allow the other person to move your cursor, run applications, and browse your files, depending on the security settings which you are currently using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:100 msgid "If you also enable Remote Login, it will set its port number to 3389. This means Desktop Sharing will use a different port, for example, 3390." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:103 msgid "If the port number is not 3389, specify it when connecting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:107 msgid "When the other device is successfully connected to your desktop, you will see the Screen is being shared icon <_:media-1/> in your system status area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:111 msgid "If the text set as Device Name can be edited, you can change the name of your device on the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:120 msgid "The Login Details section displays the user name and password to be used in the client software used for connecting to your desktop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:180 msgid "If the port number differs from 3389, specify it (address:port)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:181 msgid "On many networks you need to add a “.local” suffix to the computer's name for the connection to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:186 msgid "Fill in the user name and password for Desktop Sharing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sharing-desktop.page:192 msgid "Stop sharing your desktop" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:194 msgid "To disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, follow the steps below." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:198 msgid "Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:201 msgid "Click Screen is being shared." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:204 msgid "Click Turn off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sharing-desktop.page:211 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/sharing-desktop.page:215 msgid "Command line configuration" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:216 msgid "The grdctl utility allows you to configure your host settings in a console window. For usage details, type grdctl --help." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/sharing-desktop.page:221 msgid "H.264" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:222 msgid "H.264 video encoding heavily reduces bandwidth. GNOME Remote Desktop will use H.264 when: the graphics pipeline is used (a requirement of the protocol), the client supports it, and NVENC (NVIDIA's encoder) is available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sharing-media.page:23 msgid "Share media on your local network using UPnP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sharing-media.page:26 msgid "Share your music, photos and videos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sharing-media.page:38 msgid "You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a UPnP or DLNA enabled device such as a phone, TV or game console. Configure Media Sharing to allow these devices to access the folders containing your music, photos and videos." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-media.page:44 msgid "You must have the Rygel package installed for Media Sharing to be visible." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/sharing-media.page:49 msgid "Install Rygel" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-media.page:56 #: C/sharing-personal.page:65 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Sharing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-media.page:60 #: C/sharing-personal.page:69 msgid "Click on Sharing to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-media.page:63 #: C/sharing-personal.page:72 msgid "If the text below Device Name allows you to edit it, you can change the name your computer displays on the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-media.page:68 msgid "Select Media Sharing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-media.page:71 msgid "Switch the Media Sharing switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-media.page:74 msgid "By default, Music, Pictures and Videos are shared. To remove one of these, click the × next to the folder name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-media.page:79 msgid "To add another folder, click + to open the Choose a folder window. Navigate into the desired folder and click Open." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-media.page:84 msgid "Close the Media Sharing dialog. You will now be able to browse or play media in the folders you selected using the external device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sharing-media.page:90 #: C/sharing-personal.page:114 msgid "Networks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sharing-media.page:92 msgid "The Networks section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your media can be shared." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sharing-personal.page:23 msgid "Let other people access files in your Public folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sharing-personal.page:27 msgid "Share your personal files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sharing-personal.page:45 msgid "You can allow access to the Public folder in your Home folder from another computer on the network. Configure Personal File Sharing to allow others to access the contents of the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-personal.page:51 msgid "You must have the gnome-user-share package installed for Personal File Sharing to be visible." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/sharing-personal.page:56 msgid "Install gnome-user-share" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-personal.page:77 msgid "Select File Sharing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-personal.page:80 msgid "Switch the File Sharing switch to on. This means that other people on your current network will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and access files in your Public folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-personal.page:89 msgid "A URI is displayed by which your Public folder can be accessed from other computers on the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sharing-personal.page:96 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/sharing-personal.page:100 msgid "Require Password" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-personal.page:101 msgid "To require other people to use a password when accessing your Public folder, switch the Require Password switch to on. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your Public folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-personal.page:106 msgid "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sharing-personal.page:116 msgid "The Networks section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your personal files can be shared." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sharing-secure-shell.page:12 msgid "Allow remote login to your computer over the network using Secure Shell (SSH)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sharing-secure-shell.page:15 msgid "Enable remote access over Secure Shell (SSH)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sharing-secure-shell.page:17 msgid "You can allow remote login to your computer from another device on the network over Secure Shell (SSH). Configure Secure Shell to allow remote login." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sharing-secure-shell.page:20 msgid "You need administrator privileges to configure Secure Shell." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-secure-shell.page:29 msgid "Click on System to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-secure-shell.page:32 msgid "Click Secure Shell." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-secure-shell.page:35 msgid "Switch the Secure Shell switch to on. This enables remote access to this computer through Secure Shell (SSH). People connected to your network will be able to attempt logging in to your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-secure-shell.page:39 msgid "A SSH Login Command is displayed by which you can connect to your computer over the network. This command uses your configured device name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:14 msgid "Aruna Sankaranarayanan" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:22 msgid "Use Tweaks to start applications automatically on login." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:26 msgid "Have applications start automatically on log in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:28 msgid "When you log in, your computer automatically starts some applications and runs them in the background. These are usually important programs that help your desktop session to run smoothly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:32 msgid "You can use the Tweaks application to add other applications that you use frequently, such as web browsers or editors, to the list of programs that start automatically on login." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:46 msgid "To start an application automatically on login:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:55 msgid "Click the Startup Applications tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:58 msgid "Click the + button to get a list of available applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:62 msgid "Click Add to add an application of your choice to the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:68 msgid "You can remove an application from the list by clicking the Remove button next to the application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29 msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32 msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34 msgid "To add an application to the dash for easy access:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:39 msgid "Open the Activities overview by clicking Activities at the top left of the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:42 msgid "Click the Applications menu at the top left of the screen and choose the Activities Overview item from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:47 msgid "Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:51 msgid "Right-click the application icon and select Add to Favorites." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:53 msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:57 msgid "To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application icon and select Remove from Favorites." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:60 msgid "Favorite applications also appear in the Favorites section of the Applications menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-apps-open.page:28 msgid "Launch apps from the Activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-apps-open.page:31 msgid "Start applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-apps-open.page:41 msgid "Move your mouse pointer to the Activities corner at the top left of the screen to show the Activities overview. This is where you can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by pressing the Super key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-apps-open.page:47 msgid "You can start applications from the Applications menu at the top left of the screen, or you can use the Activities overview by pressing the Super key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-apps-open.page:52 msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you’re in the Activities overview:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-open.page:57 msgid "Start typing the name of an application — searching begins instantly. (If this doesn’t happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start typing.) If you don’t know the exact name of an application, try to type an related term. Click the application’s icon to start it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-open.page:63 msgid "Some applications have icons in the dash, the horizontal strip of icons at the bottom of the Activities overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-open.page:66 msgid "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can add them to the dash yourself." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-open.page:71 msgid "Click the grid button (which has nine dots) in the dash. You will see the first page of all installed applications. To see more applications, press the dots at the bottom, above the dash, to view other applications. Press on the application to start it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-open.page:77 msgid "You can launch an application in a separate workspace by dragging its icon from the dash, and dropping it onto one of the workspaces. The application will open in the chosen workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-apps-open.page:81 msgid "You can launch an application in a new workspace by dragging its icon to an empty workspace, or to the small gap between two workspaces." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/shell-apps-open.page:92 msgid "Quickly running a command" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/shell-apps-open.page:93 msgid "Another way of launching an application is to press AltF2, enter its command name, and then press the Enter key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/shell-apps-open.page:96 msgid "For example, to launch Rhythmbox, press AltF2 and type ‘rhythmbox’ (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-apps-open.page:100 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55 msgid "Use the arrow keys to quickly access previously run commands." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/shell-exit.page:23 msgid "Alexandre Franke" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/shell-exit.page:31 msgid "David Faour" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-exit.page:41 msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-exit.page:46 msgid "Log out, power off or switch users" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "When you have finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-exit.page:62 msgid "Log out or switch users" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/shell-exit.page:66 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit-expanded.png' md5='eed72e6b20e9c0ad44bb682dfc93224e'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/shell-exit.page:67 #: C/shell-exit.page:72 #: C/shell-introduction.page:167 #: C/shell-introduction.page:172 msgid "User menu" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic-expanded.png' md5='9d1defcec3484d28dfd4eef14fbbfc5b'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-exit.page:77 msgid "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-exit.page:82 msgid "To Log Out or Switch User, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, click the <_:media-1/> button, and select the correct option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/shell-exit.page:91 msgid "The Log Out and Switch User entries only appear in the menu if you have more than one user account on your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/shell-exit.page:96 msgid "The Switch User entry only appears in the menu if you have more than one user account on your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-exit.page:107 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-exit.page:109 msgid "If you’re leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, you will see the lock screen. Enter your password to log back in. If you don’t lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-exit.page:116 msgid "To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and click the <_:media-1/> button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-exit.page:123 msgid "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Log in as another user at the bottom right of the login screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-exit.page:134 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-exit.page:136 msgid "To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a laptop, the system, by default, suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer’s memory and powers off most of the computer’s functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-exit.page:143 msgid "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, click the <_:media-1/> button, and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-exit.page:157 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-exit.page:159 msgid "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, click the <_:media-1/> button, and select either Restart… or Power Off…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-exit.page:166 msgid "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/shell-exit.page:171 msgid "You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A powered off computer also uses less energy than one which is suspended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-introduction.page:32 msgid "A visual overview of your desktop, the top bar, and the Activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-introduction.page:36 msgid "Visual overview of GNOME" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:38 msgid "GNOME features a user interface designed to stay out of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you first log in, you will see the Activities overview and the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/shell-introduction.page:44 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5='1efc54942c8feb10a4a18a08001e369c'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:45 #: C/shell-introduction.page:50 msgid "GNOME Shell top bar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/shell-introduction.page:49 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5='8eecf39f87d7cda9ee060a108114a624'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:55 msgid "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and system properties like sound, networking, and power. In the system menu in the top bar, you can change the volume or screen brightness, edit your Wi-Fi connection details, check your battery status, log out or switch users, and turn off your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-introduction.page:67 msgid "Activities overview" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:69 msgid "When you start GNOME, you automatically enter the Activities overview. The overview allows you to access your windows and applications. In the overview, you can also just start typing to search your applications, files, folders, and the web." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:74 msgid "To access the overview at any time, click the Activities button in the top-left corner, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the Super key on your keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:79 msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list. You can also press the Super key to see an overview with live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:87 msgid "At the bottom of the overview, you will find the dash. The dash shows you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application; if the application is already running, it will have a small dot below its icon. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. You can also drag the icon onto a workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:94 msgid "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the icon while holding down Ctrl to open a new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:99 msgid "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:103 msgid "Click the grid button (which has nine dots) in the dash to display the applications overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the onto a workspace shown above the installed applications. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they’re not running, so you can access them quickly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:113 msgid "Learn more about starting applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:117 msgid "Learn more about windows and workspaces." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-introduction.page:125 msgid "Clock, calendar & appointments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:130 msgid "Clock, calendar, appointments and notifications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:140 msgid "Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, a list of your upcoming appointments and new notifications. You can also open the calendar by pressing SuperV. You can access the date and time settings and open your full calendar application directly from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:149 msgid "Learn more about the calendar and appointments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:153 msgid "Learn more about notifications and the notification list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-introduction.page:162 msgid "System menu" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/shell-introduction.page:171 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5='865972f1bb1db8f184ef7e508c51464e'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:177 msgid "Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings and your computer. The top part of the menu shows the battery status indicator, and buttons to launch Settings and the screenshot tool. The <_:media-1/> button allows you to suspend or power off the computer, or quickly give somebody else access to the computer without logging out completely. Sliders allow you to control the sound volume or screen brightness." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:186 msgid "The rest of the menu consists of Quick Settings buttons which let you quickly control available services and devices like Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, power settings, and background apps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:192 msgid "Learn more about switching users, logging out, and turning off your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:196 msgid "Learn more about Quick Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-introduction.page:204 msgid "Lock Screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:206 msgid "When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you’re away from your computer, the lock screen displays the date and time. It also shows information about your battery and network status." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:213 msgid "Learn more about the lock screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:221 #: C/shell-introduction.page:237 msgid "Window List" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:225 msgid "GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus on the task at hand without distractions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:230 msgid "Learn more about switching windows." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/shell-introduction.page:236 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5='a1a9c3d05c87a8e4028b1f16d79380ed'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/shell-introduction.page:242 msgid "At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays the four workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, select the workspace you want to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32 msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:35 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37 msgid "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43 msgid "Getting around the desktop" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:45 msgid "Super key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48 msgid "Switch between the Activities overview and desktop. In the overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and documents." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54 msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:59 msgid "Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:63 msgid "Super`" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65 msgid "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after SuperTab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67 msgid "This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Super plus the key above Tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75 msgid "Switch between windows in the current workspace. Hold down Shift for reverse order." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:83 msgid "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the Activities overview, switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111 msgid "Show the list of applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116 msgid "CtrlAlt→" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119 msgid "CtrlAlt←" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121 msgid "Switch between workspaces." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126 msgid "ShiftSuperPage Up" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127 msgid "ShiftCtrlAlt→" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130 msgid "ShiftCtrlAlt←" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132 msgid "Move the current window to a different workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:137 msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141 msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the right." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145 msgid "Show the Power Off dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149 msgid "Lock the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:153 msgid "Show the notification list. Press SuperV again or Esc to close." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:160 msgid "Common editing shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:162 msgid "CtrlA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:163 msgid "Select all text or items in a list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:166 msgid "CtrlX" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:167 msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:170 msgid "CtrlC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:171 msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:174 msgid "CtrlV" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:175 msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:178 msgid "CtrlZ" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:179 msgid "Undo the last action." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:182 msgid "CtrlShiftC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:183 msgid "Copy the highlighted text or commands to the clipboard in the Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:186 msgid "CtrlShiftV" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:187 msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard in the Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:192 msgid "Capturing from the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:195 msgid "Launch the screenshot tool." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:199 msgid "Take a screenshot of a window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:204 msgid "Take a screenshot of the entire screen.." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:209 msgid "Start and stop screencast recording." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-lockscreen.page:21 msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25 msgid "The lock screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27 msgid "The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening while you have been away. The lock screen provides useful information:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-lockscreen.page:34 msgid "date and time, and certain notifications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-lockscreen.page:35 msgid "battery and network status" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-lockscreen.page:41 msgid "To unlock your computer, click once with your mouse or touchpad, or press Esc or Enter. This will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. Alternatively, just start typing your password and the login screen will be automatically shown as you type. You can also switch users at the bottom right of the login screen if your system is configured for more than one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-lockscreen.page:49 msgid "To hide notifications from the lock screen, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/shell-notifications.page:14 msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-notifications.page:33 msgid "Messages drop down from the top of the screen telling you when certain events happen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-notifications.page:36 msgid "Notifications and the notification list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-notifications.page:39 msgid "What is a notification?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:41 msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown at the top of the screen, or on your lock screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:44 msgid "For example, if you get a new chat message or a new email, you will get a notification informing you. Chat notifications are given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the chat messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:52 msgid "Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:56 msgid "Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the notification list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-notifications.page:64 msgid "The notification list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:66 msgid "The notification list gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It appears when you click on the clock, or press SuperV. The notification list contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:73 msgid "You can view a notification by clicking on it in the list. You can close the notification list by pressing SuperV again or Esc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:77 msgid "Click the Clear List button to empty the list of notifications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-notifications.page:84 msgid "Hiding notifications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:86 msgid "If you are working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:89 msgid "You can hide all notifications by opening the notification list and switching Do Not Disturb to on at the bottom. Alternatively:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:101 #: C/shell-notifications.page:137 msgid "Click on Notifications in the sidebar to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:104 msgid "Switch Do Not Disturb to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:108 msgid "When Do Not Disturb is switched on, only very important notifications, such as when your battery is critically low, will pop up at the top of the screen. All notifications will still be available in the notification list when you display it (by clicking on the clock, or by pressing SuperV), and they will start popping up again when you switch Do Not Disturb back to off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:115 msgid "You can also disable or re-enable notifications for individual applications from the Notifications panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-notifications.page:122 msgid "Hiding lock screen notifications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:124 msgid "When your screen is locked, notifications appear on the lock screen. You can configure the lock screen to hide these notifications for privacy reasons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/shell-notifications.page:128 msgid "To switch off notifications when your screen is locked:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-notifications.page:139 msgid "Switch Lock Screen Notifications to off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/shell-overview.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Desktop" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-overview.page:26 msgid "Work with apps, windows, and workspaces. See your appointments and things that matter in the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-overview.page:31 msgid "Your desktop" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-overview.page:36 msgid "Customize your desktop" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-overview.page:40 msgid "Applications and windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-windows-lost.page:24 msgid "Check the Activities overview or other workspaces." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-windows-lost.page:27 msgid "Find a lost window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-lost.page:29 msgid "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the Activities overview:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-lost.page:35 msgid "Open the Activities overview. If the missing window is on the current workspace, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42 msgid "Click different workspaces in the workspace selector to try to find your window, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47 msgid "Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. Click the window in the list to switch to it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-lost.page:58 msgid "Using the window switcher:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-lost.page:62 msgid "Press SuperTab to display the window switcher. Continue to hold down the Super key and press Tab to cycle through the open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-lost.page:70 msgid "If an application has multiple open windows, hold down Super and press ` (or the key above Tab) to step through them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:20 msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24 msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:26 msgid "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can easily look at two windows at once. See for details." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:32 msgid "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down the Super key and press ↑, or press AltF10." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:38 msgid "You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41 msgid "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you used to maximize the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47 #: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38 msgid "Hold down the Super key and drag anywhere in a window to move it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-windows-states.page:20 msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-windows-states.page:24 msgid "Move and resize windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:26 msgid "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, the system features shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:32 msgid "Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down Super and drag anywhere in the window. Hold down Shift while moving to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:38 msgid "Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down Shift while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:41 msgid "You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:45 msgid "Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press AltF7 to move a window or AltF8 to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, then press Enter to finish, or press Esc to return to the original position and size." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:52 msgid "Maximize a window by dragging it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to maximize it along the side, allowing you to tile windows side by side." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27 msgid "Press SuperTab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:30 msgid "Switch between windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37 msgid "You can see all the running applications that have a graphical user interface in the window switcher. This makes switching between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which applications are running." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:42 msgid "From a workspace:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46 msgid "Press SuperTab to bring up the window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:51 msgid "Release Super to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "Otherwise, still holding down the Super key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open windows and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down Super and press ` (or the key above Tab) to step through the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 msgid "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:76 msgid "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:79 msgid "From the Activities overview, click on a window to switch to it and leave the overview. If you have multiple workspaces open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:19 msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23 msgid "Tile windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25 msgid "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29 msgid "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down Super and press the Left or Right key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34 msgid "To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/shell-windows.page:18 #: C/shell-windows.page:61 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-windows.page:19 msgid "Move and organize your windows." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-windows.page:22 msgid "Windows and workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows.page:24 msgid "Like other desktops, the system uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Activities overview and the dash, you can launch new applications and control active windows." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows.page:29 msgid "You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows.page:63 msgid "Working with windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/shell-windows.page:68 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows.page:70 msgid "Working with workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31 msgid "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35 msgid "Move a window to a different workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:40 #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:56 #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31 msgid "Using the mouse:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:42 msgid "Press the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:45 msgid "Click and drag the window towards the bottom right of the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:48 msgid "Drop the window onto one of the workspaces in the workspace selector at the right-hand side of the window list. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:58 #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33 msgid "Open the Activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62 msgid "Click and drag the window to the workspace partially displayed on the side of the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:66 msgid "If more than one workspace is already in use, you can also drop the window onto one of the non-adjacent workspaces in the workspace selector between the search field and the window list. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the end of the workspace selector." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #. (itstool) path: list/title #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:77 #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53 msgid "Using the keyboard:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:79 msgid "Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the SuperTab window switcher)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:84 msgid "Press SuperShiftPage Up to move the window to a workspace left of the current workspace on the workspace selector." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:87 msgid "Press SuperShiftPage Down to move the window to a workspace right of the current workspace on the workspace selector." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:90 msgid "Press ShiftCtrl Alt→ to move the window to a workspace which is left of the current workspace on the workspace selector." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:93 msgid "Press ShiftCtrl Alt← to move the window to a workspace which is right of the current workspace on the workspace selector." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:25 msgid "Use the workspace selector." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28 msgid "Switch between workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:35 msgid "At the bottom right of the screen, click on one of the four workspaces to activate the workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:39 msgid "Click on the workspace partially displayed on the right-hand side of the current workspace to view the open windows on the next workspace. If the currently selected workspace is not the leftmost, click the workspace partially displayed on the left-hand side to view the previous workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:43 msgid "If more than one workspace is being used, then you can also click on the workspace selector between the search field and the window list to directly access another workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:48 msgid "Click on the workspace to activate the workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:55 msgid "Press SuperPage Up or CtrlAlt← to move to the workspace shown left of the current workspace in the workspace selector." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:60 msgid "Press Ctrl Alt← to move to the workspace shown left of the current workspace on the workspace selector." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:65 msgid "Press SuperPage Down or CtrlAlt→ to move to the workspace shown right of the current workspace in the workspace selector." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:68 msgid "Press Ctrl Alt→ to move to the workspace shown right of the current workspace on the workspace selector." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-workspaces.page:26 msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-workspaces.page:29 msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:31 msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:36 msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 msgid "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "Using workspaces:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:50 msgid "In the Activities overview, you can horizontally navigate between the workspaces." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "Click the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list, or press the Super key to open the Activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 msgid "If more than one workspace is already in use, the workspace selector is shown between the search field and the window list. It will display currently used workspaces plus an empty workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:62 msgid "In the bottom right corner, you see four boxes. This is the workspace selector." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:66 msgid "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace will appear next to it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:70 msgid "Drag and drop a window from your current workspace onto an empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:75 msgid "To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other workspaces." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:80 msgid "There is always at least one workspace." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/shell-workspaces.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5='b82b93733ba3b043c4e8f506ad9293ed'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:84 msgid "Workspace selector" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-alert.page:27 msgid "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-alert.page:31 msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-alert.page:33 msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-alert.page:40 #: C/sound-nosound.page:48 #: C/sound-nosound.page:90 #: C/sound-usemic.page:52 #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:57 #: C/sound-volume.page:64 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Sound." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-alert.page:44 #: C/sound-nosound.page:52 #: C/sound-nosound.page:94 #: C/sound-usemic.page:56 #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:61 msgid "Click on Sound to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-alert.page:47 msgid "In the Sounds section, click on Alert Sound." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-alert.page:50 msgid "Select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-alert.page:55 msgid "To change the volume of the alert sound, return to the Sounds section, click Volume Levels and adjust the System Sounds slider. Click the speaker button next to the slider to mute or unmute the alert sound. This will not affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-broken.page:20 msgid "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-broken.page:24 msgid "Sound problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-broken.page:31 msgid "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-crackle.page:19 msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-crackle.page:22 msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:24 msgid "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:30 msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:31 msgid "If the speakers are not fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:36 msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable is not damaged." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:37 msgid "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:44 msgid "Check if the sound drivers are not very good." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:45 msgid "Some sound cards do not work very well on Linux because they do not have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term “Linux”, to see if other people are having the same problem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:49 msgid "You can use the lspci command to get more information about your sound card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-nosound.page:22 msgid "Check that the sound is not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-nosound.page:26 msgid "I cannot hear any sounds on the computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:28 msgid "If you cannot hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, go through the following troubleshooting tips." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sound-nosound.page:32 msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:34 msgid "Open the system menu and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:37 msgid "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards — try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:40 msgid "You should also check that you have not muted the application that you are using to play sound (for example, your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:45 msgid "Also, you can check the volume slider in the Sound panel:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:55 msgid "Under Volume Levels, check that your application is not muted. The button at the end of the volume slider toggles Mute on and off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sound-nosound.page:64 msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:65 msgid "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the “output” audio socket on your computer. This socket is usually light green in color." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:70 msgid "Some sound cards can switch between the socket they use for output (to the speakers) and the socket for input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux, Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to a different audio socket on your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:76 msgid "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input, too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sound-nosound.page:81 msgid "Check that the correct sound device is selected" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:83 msgid "Some computers have multiple “sound devices” installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct sound device selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:97 msgid "Under Output, select an Output Device and click the Test button to see if it works." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:100 msgid "You might need to try each available device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sound-nosound.page:108 msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:110 msgid "Your sound card may not have been detected properly probably because the drivers for the card are not installed. You may need to install the drivers for the card manually. How you do this depends on the type of the card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:114 msgid "Run the lspci command in the Terminal to find out what sound card you have:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:118 msgid "Go to the Activities overview and open a Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:121 msgid "Run lspci with administrative privileges; either type sudo lspci and type your password, or type su, enter the root (administrative) password, then type lspci." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:128 msgid "Check if an audio controller or audio device is listed: in such case you should see the make and model number of the sound card. Also, lspci -v shows a list with more detailed information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:134 msgid "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It is best to ask on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for instructions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:138 msgid "If you cannot get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-usemic.page:26 msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-usemic.page:30 msgid "Use a different microphone" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usemic.page:32 msgid "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usemic.page:38 msgid "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate audio socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light red in color or is accompanied by a picture of a microphone. Microphones plugged into the appropriate socket are usually used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usemic.page:45 msgid "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/sound-usemic.page:50 msgid "Select a default audio input device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-usemic.page:59 msgid "In the Input section, select the device that you want to use. The input level indicator should respond when you speak." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usemic.page:64 msgid "You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:27 msgid "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31 msgid "Use different speakers or headphones" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:33 msgid "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or a USB." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:37 msgid "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light green in color or is accompanied by a picture of headphones. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket are usually used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44 msgid "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49 msgid "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:55 msgid "Select a default audio output device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:64 msgid "In the Output section, select the device that you want to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:69 msgid "Use the Test button to check that all speakers are working and are connected to the correct socket." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-volume.page:25 msgid "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-volume.page:29 msgid "Change the sound volume" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-volume.page:31 msgid "To change the sound volume, open the system menu from the right side of the top bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by dragging the slider to the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sound-volume.page:37 msgid "If you hover over the volume icon in the top bar or the slider in the system menu, the volume can be controlled by scrolling the mouse wheel or touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-volume.page:42 msgid "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the “F” keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the “F” keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-volume.page:47 msgid "If you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the speakers’ volume control. Some headphones have a volume control too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sound-volume.page:52 msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-volume.page:54 msgid "You can change the volume for one application and leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you are listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the audio in the web browser so sounds from websites do not interrupt the music." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-volume.page:59 msgid "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has its volume control, use that to change the volume. If not:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-volume.page:68 msgid "Click Sound to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-volume.page:71 msgid "In the Sounds section, click Volume Levels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-volume.page:74 msgid "Use the volume slider for each application to set its volume. Click the speaker button next to the slider to mute or unmute the application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sound-volume.page:78 msgid "Only applications that are playing sounds are listed. If an application is playing sounds but is not listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In such a case, you cannot change its volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/status-icons.page:48 msgid "Monica Kochofar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/status-icons.page:60 msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/status-icons.page:63 msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/status-icons.page:65 msgid "This page explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons provided by the system are described." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/status-icons.page:71 msgid "Accessibility icons" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:83 msgid "Allows you to quickly toggle various accessibility settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:94 msgid "Indicates the type of click that will happen when using Hover Click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:99 msgid "Learn more about accessibility." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:100 msgid "Learn more about Hover Click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/status-icons.page:106 msgid "Audio icons" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:118 msgid "Indicates the volume of the speakers or headphones." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:129 msgid "The speakers or headphones are muted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:140 msgid "Indicates the sensitivity of the microphone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:151 msgid "The microphone is muted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:156 msgid "Learn more about sound volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/status-icons.page:162 msgid "Battery icons" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:174 msgid "Indicates the battery level while the battery is charging." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:185 msgid "The battery is fully charged and charging." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:196 msgid "Indicates the battery level while the battery is not charging." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:207 msgid "The battery is fully charged and not charging." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:218 msgid "Power icon displayed on systems without a battery." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:223 msgid "Learn more about battery status." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/status-icons.page:229 msgid "Bluetooth icons" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:241 msgid "Airplane mode is on. Bluetooth is disabled when airplane mode is on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:252 msgid "A Bluetooth device is paired and in use. This icon is only shown when there is an active device, not just whenever Bluetooth is enabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:259 #: C/status-icons.page:351 #: C/status-icons.page:417 msgid "Learn more about airplane mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:260 msgid "Learn more about Bluetooth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/status-icons.page:275 msgid "Networking icons" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/status-icons.page:278 msgid "Wireless (Wi-Fi) connections" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:288 msgid "Airplane mode is on. Wireless networking is disabled when airplane mode is on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:299 msgid "Connecting to a wireless network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:310 msgid "Indicates the strength of a wireless network connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:321 msgid "Connected to a wireless network, but there is no signal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:332 msgid "Connected to a wireless network. This icon is only shown if the signal strength cannot be determined, such as when connecting to ad hoc networks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:344 msgid "Connected to a wireless network, but there is no route to the internet. This could be due to a misconfiguration of your network, or it could be due to an outage with your internet service provider." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:352 msgid "Learn more about wireless networking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/status-icons.page:356 msgid "Cellular networking (mobile broadband)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:366 msgid "Airplane mode is on. Cellular networking is disabled when airplane mode is on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:377 msgid "Connecting to a cellular network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:388 msgid "Indicates the strength of a cellular network connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:399 msgid "Connected to a cellular network, but there is no signal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:410 msgid "Connected to a cellular network. This icon is only shown if the signal strength cannot be determined, such as when connecting over Bluetooth. If the signal strength can be determined, a signal strength icon is shown instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:418 msgid "Learn more about cellular networking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/status-icons.page:422 msgid "Wired connections" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:432 msgid "Connecting to a wired connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:443 msgid "Connected to a wired network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:454 msgid "Disconnected from the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:465 msgid "Connected to a wired network, but there is no route to the internet. This could be due to a misconfiguration of your network, or it could be due to an outage with your internet service provider." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:472 msgid "Learn more about wired networking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/status-icons.page:476 msgid "VPN (virtual private networking)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:486 msgid "Connecting to a virtual private network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:497 msgid "Connected to a virtual private network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:502 msgid "Learn more about virtual private networks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/status-icons.page:509 msgid "Other icons" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:520 msgid "Indicates the keyboard layout or input method currently in use. Click to select another layout. The keyboard layout menu is only shown if you have multiple input methods configured." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:533 msgid "An app is currently accessing your location. You can disable location access from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:545 msgid "Night light has changed the color temperature of the display to reduce eye strain. You can temporarily disable night light from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:558 msgid "You are currently recording a screencast of your entire screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:569 msgid "An app is currently sharing the screen or another window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/status-icons.page:580 msgid "Connecting to a Thunderbolt device, such as a dock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:585 msgid "Learn more about keyboard layouts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:586 msgid "Learn more about privacy and location services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:587 msgid "Learn more about night light and color temperature." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/status-icons.page:588 msgid "Learn more about screenshots and screencasts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tips-specialchars.page:34 msgid "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, emoji, and dingbats." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 msgid "Enter special characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world’s writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/tips-specialchars.page:48 msgid "Characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:49 msgid "The character map application allows you to find and insert unusual characters, including emoji, by browsing character categories or searching for keywords." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:53 msgid "You can launch Characters from the Activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Emoji" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 msgid "Insert emoji" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 msgid "Press Ctrl;." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 msgid "Browse the categories at the bottom of the dialog or start typing a description in the search field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 msgid "Select an emoji to insert." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/tips-specialchars.page:75 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:76 msgid "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter é, you can press compose then ' then e." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "Keyboards don’t have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:96 msgid "In the Type Special Characters section, click Compose Key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 msgid "Turn the switch on for the Compose Key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:102 msgid "Tick the checkbox of the key that you want to set as the Compose key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:114 msgid "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 msgid "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:119 msgid "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:121 msgid "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:124 msgid "For more compose key sequences, see the compose key page on Wikipedia." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/tips-specialchars.page:130 msgid "Code points" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:132 msgid "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, look it up in the Characters application. The code point is the four characters after U+." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:138 msgid "To enter a character by its code point, press CtrlShiftU, then type the four-character code and press Space or Enter. If you often use characters that you can’t easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/tips-specialchars.page:148 msgid "Keyboard layouts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:149 msgid "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn how, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/tips-specialchars.page:156 msgid "Input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:158 msgid "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with keyboard but also any input devices. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tips-specialchars.page:163 msgid "To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu Input Method, choose an input method you want to use. There is no default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation to see how to use them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tips.page:13 msgid "Get the most out of GNOME with these handy tips." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tips.page:19 msgid "Tips & tricks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:28 msgid "Manipulate your desktop using gestures on your touchpad or touchscreen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:31 msgid "Use gestures on touchpads and touchscreens" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:33 msgid "Multitouch gestures can be used on touchpads and touchscreens for system navigation, as well as in applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:36 msgid "A number of applications make use of gestures. In Document Viewer, documents can be zoomed and swiped with gestures, and Image Viewer allows you to zoom, rotate and pan." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:41 msgid "System-wide gestures" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:46 msgid "Open the Activities Overview and Applications View" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:47 msgid "Place three fingers on the touchpad or touchscreen and gesture upwards to open the Activities Overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:48 msgid "To open the Applications View, place three fingers and gesture upwards again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:52 msgid "Switch Workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:53 msgid "Place three fingers on the touchpad or touchscreen and gesture left or right." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:57 msgid "Exit from fullscreen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:58 msgid "On a touchscreen, drag down from the top edge to exit from the fullscreen mode of any window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:62 msgid "Bring up the on-screen keyboard" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:63 msgid "On a touchscreen, drag up from the bottom edge to bring up the on-screen keyboard, if the on-screen keyboard is enabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:71 msgid "Application gestures" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:76 msgid "Open an item, launch an application, play a song" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:77 msgid "Tap on an item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:81 msgid "Select an item and list actions that can be performed" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:82 msgid "Press and hold for a second or two." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:86 msgid "Scroll the area on the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:87 msgid "Drag: slide a finger touching the surface." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:91 msgid "Change the zoom level of a view (Maps, Photos)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:93 msgid "Two-finger pinch or stretch: Touch the surface with two fingers while bringing them closer or further apart." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:98 msgid "Rotate a photo" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:99 msgid "Two-finger rotate: Touch the surface with two fingers and rotate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/translate.page:7 msgid "How and where to help translate these topics." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/translate.page:31 msgid "Participate to improve translations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/translate.page:33 msgid "GNOME’s help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community, and there are many languages for which translations are still needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/translate.page:38 msgid "To start translating, create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/translate.page:44 msgid "Connect with other GNOME translators in the #i18n:gnome.org Matrix room. See the Get help with Matrix page for more information. If you prefer, there is also an IRC channel, #gnome-i18n, on the GNOME IRC server. As the people in these rooms are located across the world, it may take a moment to get a response." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/translate.page:47 msgid "Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using GNOME Discourse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:20 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Users" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-accounts.page:21 msgid "Add and remove user accounts. Change passwords. Set administrative privileges." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-accounts.page:25 msgid "User accounts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-accounts.page:28 msgid "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It is also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know their password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/user-accounts.page:37 msgid "Manage user accounts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/user-accounts.page:41 msgid "Passwords" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:46 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Privileges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/user-accounts.page:48 msgid "User privileges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-add.page:31 msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-add.page:34 msgid "Add a new user account" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-add.page:36 msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-add.page:40 msgid "You need administrator privileges to add user accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:56 #: C/user-admin-change.page:55 #: C/user-autologin.page:46 #: C/user-delete.page:62 msgid "Press Unlock in the top right corner and type in your password when prompted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:60 msgid "Press the Add User... button under Other Users to add a new user account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:64 msgid "If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:67 msgid "Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:71 msgid "Enter the new user’s full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. If you do not like the proposed username, you can change it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/span #: C/user-add.page:80 #: C/user-changepassword.page:89 msgid "generate password" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:76 msgid "You can choose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it themselves on their first login. If you choose to set the password now, you can press the <_:media-1/> icon to automatically generate a random password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:82 msgid "To connect the user to a network domain, click Enterprise Login." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:86 msgid "Click Add. When the user has been added, Parental Controls and Language settings can be adjusted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-add.page:92 msgid "If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the account, Unlock the panel and press the current password status." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-add.page:97 msgid "In the Users panel, you can click the image next to the user’s name to the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. The system provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-admin-change.page:28 msgid "You can allow users to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 msgid "Change who has administrative privileges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:34 msgid "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have administrative privileges and which ones do not. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:39 msgid "You need administrator privileges to change account types." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:59 msgid "Under Other Users, select the user whose privileges you want to change." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:63 msgid "Set the Administrator switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:66 msgid "The user’s privileges will be changed when they next log in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:71 msgid "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has administrator privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:74 msgid "It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-admin-explain.page:27 msgid "You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-admin-explain.page:31 msgid "How do administrative privileges work?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:33 msgid "As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed incorrectly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:40 msgid "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you will not need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have administrative privileges." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:46 msgid "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get administrative privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs administrative privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your administrator password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your administrative privileges will be taken away again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:54 msgid "Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. Administrator users are allowed to have these privileges while Standard users are not. Without administrative privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the “root” account) have permanent administrative privileges. You should not use administrative privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:63 msgid "In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/user-admin-explain.page:67 msgid "What does “superuser” mean?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:68 msgid "A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a superuser. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you “superuser” (administrative) privileges." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/user-admin-explain.page:76 msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:78 msgid "Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:82 msgid "If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting administrative privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:88 msgid "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don’t want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-admin-problems.page:28 msgid "You can do some things, like installing applications, only if you have administrative privileges." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-admin-problems.page:32 msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-problems.page:34 msgid "You may experience a few problems if you do not have administrative privileges. Some tasks require administrative privileges in order to work, such as:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-problems.page:40 msgid "connecting to networks or wireless networks," msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-problems.page:43 msgid "viewing the contents of a different disk partition (for example, a Windows partition), or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-problems.page:47 msgid "installing new applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-problems.page:51 msgid "You can change who has administrative privileges." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-autologin.page:25 msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-autologin.page:28 msgid "Log in automatically" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-autologin.page:30 msgid "You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your account when you start up your computer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-autologin.page:50 msgid "If it is a different user account that you want to log into automatically, select the account under Other Users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-autologin.page:54 msgid "Switch the Automatic Login switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-autologin.page:58 msgid "When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data including your files and browser history." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-autologin.page:65 msgid "If your account type is Standard, you cannot change this setting. Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-changepassword.page:29 msgid "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-changepassword.page:33 msgid "Change your password" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:60 msgid "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows your password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:79 msgid "Click the label ····· next to Password. If you are changing the password for a different user, you will first need to Unlock the panel and select the account under Other Users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:85 msgid "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Verify New Password field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:87 msgid "You can press the <_:media-1/> icon to automatically generate a random password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:93 msgid "Click Change." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:97 msgid "Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:101 msgid "When you update your login password, your login keyring password will automatically be updated to be the same as your new login password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:105 msgid "If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can change it for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-changepicture.page:32 msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-changepicture.page:35 msgid "Change your login screen photo" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-changepicture.page:37 msgid "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepicture.page:58 msgid "If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press Unlock in the top right corner and type in your password when prompted. Choose the user from Other Users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepicture.page:63 msgid "Click the pencil icon next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepicture.page:68 msgid "If you would rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Select a file…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepicture.page:72 msgid "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking Take a picture…. Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you do not want. If you do not like the picture you took, click Take Another Picture to try again, or Cancel to give up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-delete.page:37 msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-delete.page:40 msgid "Delete a user account" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-delete.page:42 msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user’s account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-delete.page:46 msgid "You need administrator privileges to delete user accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-delete.page:66 msgid "Click on the user account that you want to delete under Other Users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-delete.page:70 msgid "Press the Remove User... button to delete that user account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-delete.page:74 msgid "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user’s home folder. Click Delete Files if you are sure they will not be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external storage device before deleting them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-goodpassword.page:31 msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-goodpassword.page:34 msgid "Choose a secure password" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:37 msgid "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:41 msgid "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:45 msgid "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:52 msgid "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that someone would have to check when trying to guess yours." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:57 msgid "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, “Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions” would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:65 msgid "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:70 msgid "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is “password” — people can guess passwords like this very quickly!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:76 msgid "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or any family member’s name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:80 msgid "Do not use any nouns." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:83 msgid "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:87 msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:92 msgid "Use different passwords for different things." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:95 msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:96 msgid "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:98 msgid "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that do not matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:105 msgid "Change your passwords regularly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/video-dvd.page:27 msgid "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/video-dvd.page:31 msgid "Why won’t DVDs play?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-dvd.page:33 msgid "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn’t play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/video-dvd.page:38 msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:40 msgid "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If your movie player software doesn’t find the right codecs, it may offer to install them for you. If not, you’ll have to install the codecs manually — ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux distribution’s support forums." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:47 msgid "DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. This software is available from a number of Linux distributions, but cannot be legally used in all countries. Please contact your Linux distribution for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/video-dvd.page:56 msgid "Checking the DVD region" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:58 msgid "DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer’s DVD player does not match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won’t be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:64 msgid "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer’s DVD player, use regionset." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:69 msgid "You can find more information about DVD region codes on Wikipedia." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/video-sending.page:23 msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/video-sending.page:26 msgid "Other people can’t play the videos I made" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-sending.page:28 msgid "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-sending.page:32 msgid "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-sending.page:40 msgid "Open Files from the Activities overview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-sending.page:44 msgid "Right-click on the video file and select Properties." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-sending.page:47 msgid "Go to the Audio/Video or Video tab and look at which Codec are listed under Video and Audio (if the video also has audio)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-sending.page:53 msgid "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for “theora windows media player”. You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it’s not installed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-sending.page:61 msgid "If you can’t find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the software installer application to see what’s available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/video-sending.page:70 msgid "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren’t copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:19 msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet between left-handed and right-handed orientation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:22 msgid "Use the tablet with your left or your right hand" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:24 msgid "Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons. By default, the orientation is for right-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:30 #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:28 #: C/wacom-mode.page:29 #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:37 #: C/wacom-stylus.page:26 msgid "Open the Activities overview and start typing Wacom Tablet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:34 #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:32 #: C/wacom-mode.page:33 #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41 #: C/wacom-stylus.page:30 msgid "Click on Wacom Tablet to open the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:35 #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:33 #: C/wacom-mode.page:34 #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42 #: C/wacom-stylus.page:31 msgid "If no tablet is detected, you’ll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet. Click Bluetooth in the sidebar to connect a wireless tablet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:40 msgid "Set the Left Hand Orientation switch to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:19 msgid "Assign functions to the hardware buttons on the graphics tablet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:22 msgid "Map the tablet buttons" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:24 msgid "The hardware buttons on a tablet can be configured for various functions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:38 msgid "Click Map Buttons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:41 msgid "An on screen display shows the layout of the tablet's buttons. Press each button on the tablet and choose one of these functions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:44 msgid "App defined" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:45 msgid "Show on-screen help" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:46 msgid "Switch monitor" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:47 msgid "Send keystroke" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-map-buttons.page:51 msgid "Click Done when each button is configured, and press Esc to exit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom-mode.page:20 msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-mode.page:23 msgid "Set the Wacom tablet’s tracking mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/wacom-mode.page:25 msgid "Tablet Mode determines how the stylus is mapped to the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-mode.page:39 msgid "Choose between tablet (or absolute) mode and touchpad (or relative) mode. For tablet mode, switch Tablet Mode to on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-mode.page:44 msgid "In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-mode.page:47 msgid "In relative mode, if you lift the stylus off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the pointer on the screen doesn’t move. This is the way a mouse operates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:24 msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:27 msgid "Choose a monitor" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:47 msgid "Click Map to Monitor and select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet, or choose All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:50 msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:54 msgid "Switch Keep aspect ratio to on to match the drawing area of the tablet to the proportions of the monitor. This setting, also called force proportions, “letterboxes” the drawing area on a tablet to correspond more directly to a display. For example, a 4∶3 tablet would be mapped so that the drawing area would correspond to a widescreen display." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom-stylus.page:19 msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-stylus.page:22 msgid "Configure the stylus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-stylus.page:36 msgid "There is a section containing settings specific to each stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-stylus.page:38 msgid "If no stylus is detected, you’ll be asked to Please move your stylus to the proximity of the tablet to configure it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-stylus.page:41 msgid "These settings can be adjusted:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the “feel” between Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 msgid "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Back, or Forward." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-stylus.page:52 msgid "Click Test Settings in the header bar to pop down a sketchpad where you can test your stylus settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/wacom.page:7 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Wacom" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom.page:8 msgid "Configure your Wacom graphics tablet, including the tracking mode and which monitor it is mapped to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom.page:29 msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet" msgstr ""